Skip to main content

Full text of "The state and the citizen"

See other formats


HI 


THE 
IMPERIAL  LIBRARY 

Authoritative  Manuals  on  subjects  of  the 
greatest  importance.  The  qualifications  of  the 
authors  are  beyond  question,  and  the  Series  is 
in  every  respect  worthy  of  their  reputation. 

OUR  NATIONAL  CHURCH.  By  LORD 
ROBERT  CECIL,  K.C.,  M.P.,  and  THE  REV. 
H.  J.  CLAYTON. 


THE   STATE  AND  THE  CITIZEN.     By 

THE  EARL  OF  SELBORNE,  K.G. 

The  above  volumes  will  be  followed  by 

OUR  NAVY.  By  ARCHIBALD  S.  HURD. 
With  a  Preface  by  THE  EARL  OF  SEL- 
BORNE, K.G. 


PUBLISHED   BY 

FREDERICK  WARNE  &  CO. 

CHANDOS  HOUSE,  BKDFORD  ST.,  STRAND,  LONDON 
and  12  EAST  SSRD  ST.,  NEW  YORK 


THE  STATE 
AND  THE  CITIZEN 


THE  STATE 
AND  THE  CITIZEN 


BY 

THE  EARL  OF  SELBORNE,  K.G. 


LONDON 

FREDERICK   WARNE    AND    CO. 

AND  NEW   YORK 

1913 


Printed  by  BALLANTYNE,  HANSON  &  Co 
at  the  Ballantyne  Tress,  Edinburgh 


CONTENTS 


CHAP.  PAOE 

I.  INTRODUCTION 1 

II.  THE  HOUSE  OF  LORDS  AT  THE  TIME  OF  OLIVER 

CROMWELL 8 

III.  FOREIGN   SECOND    CHAMBERS— THEIR    ORIGINS 

AND  COMPOSITION 25 

IV.  ORIGIN  AND  COMPOSITION  OF  COLONIAL  SECOND 

CHAMBERS 47 

V.  THE  POWERS  OF  SECOND  CHAMBERS  AND  THE 
PROVISIONS  FOR  AVOIDING  PARLIAMENTARY 
DEADLOCKS 68 

VI.  GENERAL  RECOGNITION  OF  THE  VALUE  OF  THE 

DOUBLE-CHAMBER  SYSTEM      ....      93 

VII.  THE  NATURE  OF  THE  PERIL  OF  THE  SINGLE- 
CHAMBER  SYSTEM 107 

VIII.  THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT    AND    THE    SINGLE- 
CHAMBER  SYSTEM 128 


vi  CONTENTS 

CHAP.  PAGE 

IX.  THE  ABSENCE  OP  CONSTITUTIONAL  SAFEGUARDS  144 

X.  THE  REFERENDUM 163 

APPENDIX  I — LEGISLATURES  OF  THE  OVERSEA 

STATES 180 

APPENDIX    II  —  LEGISLATURES    OF    FOREIGN 

COUNTRIES 184 

APPENDIX  III — THE  PARLIAMENT  ACT,  1911    .  198 


- 


THE 

STATE  AND  THE  CITIZEN 

CHAPTER    I 

INTRODUCTION 

A  CONSTITUTION  is  that  part  of  the  law  and  custom 
of  a  country  which  regulates  the  making  and  ad- 
ministration of  its  laws.  All  individuals  in  a 
civilised  country  stand  in  contact  with  a  power 
that  concerns  itself,  ever  more  fully,  with  a  part 
of  their  doings,  now  conferring  boons,  now  impos- 
ing restrictions,  always  charged  with  their  defence 
against  the  force  of  the  .foreigner,  and  armed 
always,  against  its  own  subjects,  with  irresistible 
might.  Such  is  the  Government. 

It  is  not  less  powerful  in  democratic  England 
than  in  Russia  under  the  old  autocracy.  It  is 
even  more  powerful,  for  its  organisation  is  more 
complete.  Not  only  in  the  vulgar  form  of  collision 
with  a  policeman,  but  in  an  infinite  number  of 
instances  in  all  the  business  of  life — in  the  home, 
the  shop,  the  factory,  and  in  the  pocket — the 
influence  of  the  Jaws  is  fejt  continuously  by  every 


2       THE^SlJATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

person.  He  may  not  be  aware  of  it  at  all  times, 
but  it  is  only  habit  that  dulls  his  consciousness, 
Little  as  he  thinks  of  it,  the  course  of  his  actions 
and  the  sum  of  his  opportunities  in  life  are  affected 
by  the  mighty  power  of  the  laws  and  of  those  by 
whom  the  laws  are  administered.  It  behoves  us, 
therefore,  since  the  subject  so  deeply  concerns  us, 
to  keep  our  observation  open  towards  the  machinery 
by  which  laws  are,  and  will  be,  brought  into  exist- 
ence. 

When  Pope  wrote : 

"  For  forms  of  government  let  fools  contest ; 
That  which  is  best  administered  is  best," 

he  begged  the  question.  He  would  be  a  fool 
indeed  who  troubled  himself  about  forms  of 
government  without  caring  how  the  chosen  form 
would  work  in  practice,  but  whenever  the  question 
of  practical  working  is  raised  the  question  of  the 
form  will  always  provide  room  for  contest. 

There  is  no  absolutely  right  form  of  government. 
There  is  no  final  answer  to  the  question  of  the 
best  form  of  government,  as  there  is  to  the  question 
of  the  result  of  multiplying  six  by  three.  In  one 
country,  and  in  one  stage  of  civilisation,  one  form 
will  work  better  than  another. 

The  system  of  autocracy,  the  system  of  aristoc- 
racy, the  system  of  democracy,  have  each  had 
their  successes  and  failures  according  to  the  con- 
ditions under  which  they  were  tried.  For  the 


INTRODUCTION  3 

purposes  of  this  book  we  shall  need  to  consider 
none  but  democratic  forms,  though  even  among 
these  there  is  wide  scope  for  that  " contest"  which 
Pope  deprecated.  The  systems  of  America,  France, 
and  Germany,  for  instance,  have  some  of  their 
democratic  features  in  the  sharpest  contrast  with 
one  another ;  and  we  shall  have  to  consider  some 
of  these  different  constitutional  devices,  so  far,  at 
least,  as  regards  their  relative  suitability  to  the 
nation  which  is  using  them. 

Among  democratic  Constitutions  the  differences 
most  often  noted  are  those  between  written  and 
unwritten  Constitutions,  and  those  between  rigid 
and  flexible  Constitutions. 

When  the  ingenuous  American  walked  into  the 
shop  of  a  London  bookseller,  threw  down  a  shilling, 
and  asked  for  a  copy  of  the  British  Constitution, 
he  was  assuming  that  the  British  Constitution, 
like  the  American,  was  written  on  a  piece  of  paper. 
The  American  Constitution,  like  a  will  or  a  deed 
of  partnership,  is  a  document.  It  declares  in 
legal  language  that  a  body  called  Congress,  elected 
in  a  certain  manner,  can  enact  laws  on  certain 
definite  subjects  in  a  certain  prescribed  manner. 
It  declares  that  a  man  elected  in  a  certain  way 
shall  be  called  President,  and  shall  have  certain 
powers.  And  thus  it  proceeds  to  cover  the  whole 
field  of  constitutional  laws.  Whoever  wishes  to 
learn  about  the  American  Constitution  has  only 
to  buy  this  document  and  read  it. 


4      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

The  American  Constitution,  we  may  say,  is  a 
document.  Our  Constitution  is  not.  If  an 
Englishman  were  asked  what  was  the  English 
Constitution,  he  would  reply  that  it  was  a  way 
of  describing  the  fact  that  we  are  governed  by 
King,  Lords,  and  Commons,  and  that  we  have 
a  number  of  institutions  like  free  speech,  freedom 
of  meeting,  freedom  from  arbitrary  arrest,  and  so 
on.  If  you  pressed  him  further  he  would  add 
that  our  Constitution  implied  also  that  the  King 
should  not  oppose  the  will  of  the  people  as  ex- 
pressed in  Parliament,  and  that  a  Ministry  de- 
feated in  the  Commons  ought  to  resign  office,  and 
that  it  would  not  be  proper  for  a  Ministry  re- 
peatedly to  dissolve  Parliament  without  any  good 
reason. 

What  does  this  come  to  ?  It  is  simply  the 
Englishman's  knowledge  that  there  are  certain 
laws  and  certain  customs  by  which  public  affairs 
are  regulated.  Some  of  them,  certainly,  are  to 
be  found  in  the  written  statute  law,  as  when  we 
find  the  rights  of  personal  liberty  protected  by 
the  Habeas  Corpus  Act.  Others  are  parts  of 
the  common  law,  upon  which  courts  and  judges 
habitually  act.  Of  this  sort  is  the  law  that  King 
and  Parliament  could  grant,  let  us  say,  the  vote 
to  women.  It  is  nowhere  written  down  that  they 
could  do  so.  It  is  nowhere  written  down  that 
King  and  Parliament  could  lawfully,  as  they  have 
done,  make  it  a  crime  to  take  a  child  into  a 


INTRODUCTION  5 

public-house.  But  we  know  that  King  and  Par- 
liament have  in  fact  this  lawful  power.  It  is  part 
of  the  common  law.  It  has  always  been  so. 

Again,  it  is  nowhere  written  down  that  a 
Government  defeated  on  a  serious  occasion  should 
resign  or  dissolve.  There  is  no  statute  to  this 
effect.  It  is  not  even  part  of  the  common  law. 
No  judge  would  listen  for  an  instant  to  a  claimant 
who  sought  to  expel  a  Minister  for  this  reason. 
But,  apart  from  all  law,  the  practice  of  the  Con- 
stitution has  grown  to  be  that  Ministers  who  are 
defeated  should  resign  or  dissolve,  and  on  this 
account  we  should  call  it  unconstitutional  for 
them  to  refrain  from  doing  so. 

Our  Constitution,  therefore,  is  a  mass  of  laws 
and  customs,  partly  written  and  partly  unwritten, 
but  in  no  case  written  out,  like  the  famous  docu- 
ment in  America,  as  a  Constitution.  There  is 
nothing  to  prevent  its  being  written  to-morrow, 
and  passed  into  law  by  King  and  Parliament. 
But  even  if  this  were  to  be  done  we  should  still 
be  far  from  possessing  such  a  document  as  they 
have  in  America. 

The  reason  is  that  the  American  Constitution 
is  rigid.  It  is  above  all  law.  It  cannot  be  altered 
except  by  some  very  elaborate  machinery  which 
it  itself  provides,  which  involves  a  process  far 
more  complicated  and  solemn  and  difficult  than 
is  needed  for  the  alteration  of  any  ordinary  law. 
It  is,  as  has  been  said,  above  the  law.  It  lays 


6       THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

down,  for  instance,  that  Congress  has  certain 
powers.  But  it  does  not  merely  state  and  explain 
these  powers.  It  actually  confers  them,  and  if  it 
were  to  cease  to  exist  there  would  be  an  end  of 
Congress  too,  and  of  all  the  powers  conferred  on 
Congress.  President,  Congress,  and  all  else  within 
the  American  Constitution,  exist  simply  and  solely 
because  the  document  has  created  them.  From 
it  their  powers  are  derived,  and  by  its  virtue  they 
exist.  Take  it  away,  and  nothing  remains. 

Observe  that  if  our  own  Constitution  were  to  be 
enacted,  no  such  sanctity  would  attach  to  it. 
There  would  be  nothing  to  prevent  Parliament 
from  repealing  the  document  immediately,  and 
all  would  go  on  as  before  under  the  old  laws.  The 
authority  of  Parliament  would  not  have  come  to 
depend  on  the  document,  but  the  document  would 
be  a  mere  expression  of  the  authority  of  Parlia- 
ment. During  the  existence  of  the  document  one 
might  say  that  our  Constitution  was  written. 
But  one  could  not  call  it  rigid,  for,  under  the 
ordinary  law,  it  could  be  swept  away  without 
detriment  to  the  authority  of  the  power  that 
called  it  into  being.  The  American  Congress  is 
over  the  ordinary  law  but  under  the  Constitution, 
while  our  Parliament  is  over  both  ordinary  law 
and  Constitution.  It  can  alter  both  alike,  in  the 
same  way,  and  this  is  what  is  meant  when  the 
British  Constitution  is  called  flexible. 

One  other  definition  requires  to  be  noted.     It  is 


INTRODUCTION  7 

extremely  simple,  and  at  the  present  time  it  is 
very  familiar  to  the  minds  of  English  people.  As 
Constitutions  are  either  written  or  unwritten,  as 
they  are  either  flexible  or  rigid,  so  also,  under 
representative  institutions,  they  are  either  uni- 
cameral  or  bi-cameral.  They  maintain  a  legisla- 
tive machine,  that  is  to  say,  of  either  one  or  two 
Houses.  Under  the  first  system  a  Bill  becomes 
law  on  passing  one  House  of  Parliament;  under 
the  other  system,  it  does  not  become  law  until  it 
has  passed  both  Houses.  Upon  the  importance  of 
this  distinction  the  following  pages  will  bear. 


CHAPTER   II 

THE   HOUSE  OF  LORDS   AT  THE   TIME  OF 
OLIVER  CROMWELL 

IN  considering  the  respective  merits  of  double- 
chamber  and  single-chamber  systems  of  legislation , 
we  are  not  without  the  aid  of  a  lesson  from  English 
history.  At  a  time  which  has  much  resemblance 
to  our  own  time,  when  constitutional  questions 
were  agitating  all  men's  minds,  when  the  organised 
soldiery  had  appeared  in  English  society  as  organ- 
ised labour  has  appeared  among  ourselves,  the 
experiment  of  government  by  a  single  chamber 
was  tried  for  reasons  that  have  again  become 
familiar  to  Englishmen,  and  with  results  that  are 
profoundly  instructive  to  anyone  studying  the 
problems  of  to-day. 

The  great  Civil  War  had  not  originally  any 
connection  with  questions  of  class  hatred,  class 
jealousy,  or  theories  of  class  equality.  It  was  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  incompetent  family  of  Stuart 
had  inherited  the  powers  entrusted  by  the  English 
people  to  the  able  family  of  Tudor,  in  whom  was 
a  double  portion  of  skill  and  tact  which  were  left 
out  of  the  Stuart  character. 

8 


THE    HOUSE    OF    LORDS  9 

The  Tudors,  with  all  the  instincts  and  most  of 
the  advantages  of  sheer  despotism,  were  so  tender 
with  English  sensitiveness  that  the  opposition  to 
their  rule  never  spread  beyond  extremists.  They 
flattered  the  English  spirit  of  legality  as  a  poor 
relative  flatters  a  rich  one ;  and  their  administra- 
tion, at  home  and  abroad,  was  always  supported 
by  the  prestige  which  comes  of  success. 

With  the  Stuarts  the  position  was  reversed. 
The  Government  was  weak,  apt  to  fail  in  its  under- 
takings, and  given  to  a  perpetual  parade  and 
display  of  arbitrariness.  What  the  Tudors  would 
have  asked  and  received  from  the  nation,  the 
Stuarts  commanded  and  were  denied.  Irritation 
accumulated  on  both  sides,  till  the  attempt  to 
impose  an  Episcopalian  Church  on  the  Presby- 
terians of  Scotland  provided  a  single  instance  of 
irritation  big  enough  to  rally  all  others  by  natural 
attraction.  The  Civil  War  broke  out.  It  was  the 
j  esult  of  forty  years  of  discontent  with  the  person- 
alities of  rulers  and  the  manner  of  executive 
government.  It  was  not  the  result  of  class  jealousy, 
and  it  was  not  the  result  of  any  objection  to  the 
existing  Constitution. 

The  peerage  was  split,  at  the  outbreak  of  the 
war,  just  as  the  nation  was  split.  It  has  been 
noted  that  a  majority  of  the  peers  of  older  crea- 
tion sided  with  the  Parliament,  while  a  majority 
of  the  newer  creations  were  for  the  King.  Simi- 
larly it  is  said  that  in  1832  the  older  creations 


10      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

favoured  the  Keform  Bill,  the  newer  ones  oppos- 
ing it.  A  very  simple  explanation  can  be  offered 
for  these  phenomena.  Under  Charles  I  the  newer 
creations  were  his  own  and  his  father's,  and  had 
been  chosen  from  among  families  temperamentally 
inclined  to  Royalism.  In  1832  the  newer  creations 
were  the  outcome  of  close  on  fifty  years  of  Tory 
government,  and  were  consequently  Tories  and 
not  Whigs.  So  the  argument  fails  as  an  effort  to 
call  on  the  prestige  of  old  families  for  moral  sup- 
port to  revolution. 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  the  House  of  Lords 
consisted  of  about  150  members,  in  addition  to  the 
bishops.  The  latter,  before  the  war  began,  were 
excluded  from  the  House  by  an  Act  of  Parliament. 
In  this  measure,  again,  there  was  no  desire  to 
attack  the  Constitution,  and  no  attachment  to 
democratic  theory.  It  was  avowedly  an  act  of 
partisan  retaliation  upon  a  group  of  persons  who 
habitually  supported  the  Crown  against  the  Par- 
liament. The  Parliament  excluded  the  bishops, 
as  it  put  Strafford  and  Laud  to  death,  because 
they  were  personally  obnoxious  to  the  majority. 
No  theory  of  government  entered  into  their 
considerations. 

Of  the  150  lay  peers  some  were  children,  some 
withdrew  into  private  life,  some  went  with  the 
King  from  London  to  his  armies  in  the  north  and 
west,  and  about  thirty  remained  to  sit  in  the 
House  of  Lords  and  act  in  conjunction  with  the 


THE    HOUSE    OF    LORDS        -     11 

Commons  during  the  progress  of  the  war.  It  can 
be  said,  with  broad  accuracy,  that  the  two  Houses 
worked  together  in  harmony.  They  had  to  fulfil 
functions  beyond  what  is  usual  with  legislative 
chambers,  for  they  were  the  executive  head  of  the 
half  of  a  nation  at  war.  The  times,  also,  were 
times  of  revolution.  Difference  of  opinion  was 
bound  to  occur  between  the  Houses,  as  between 
the  individuals  composing  them;  but  while  the 
war  progressed  there  was  not  the  least  suggestion 
of  either  House  calling  the  existence  of  the  other 
House  in  question.  Their  quarrels  were  inci- 
dental, and  were  followed  by  flowery  reconcilia- 
tions. So  matters  continued  for  a  time,  while  for 
a  variety  of  personal  reasons  the  number  of  the 
thirty  peers  remaining  was  steadily  diminishing. 

We  have  now  to  notice,  however,  the  uprising 
of  a  new  spirit.  The  Revolution,  beginning  with- 
out any  animosity  to  the  Constitution,  the  Peerage, 
or  even  the  Monarchy  as  an  institution,  began  to 
be  affected  by  changes  of  opinion  which  can  be 
seen  now  as  quite  inevitable.  Violent  opinions 
lead  to  violent  acts,  but  violent  acts  lead  also  to 
violent  opinions.  From  the  moment  when  the 
Parliament  took  the  command  of  a  single  soldier 
it  was  outside  the  law ;  it  was  launched  upon 
violence.  Without  requiring  to  pass  any  moral 
judgment  upon  its  conduct,  we  can  easily  see  that 
it  set  an  example  to  all  whose  opinions  a  violent 
course  might  assist.  Having  adopted,  or  been 


12      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

driven  to  adopt,  a  complete  breach  with  tradition, 
the  Parliament  morally  invited  all  others  to  recon- 
sider first  principles,  and  to  challenge  the  existence 
of  any  custom  or  institution  which  might  strike 
individual  opinion  as  foolish,  unjust,  irksome,  or 
unattractive. 

The  greatest  and  most  memorable  effect  of  this 
loosing  of  the  bands  of  moral  discipline  was  in 
the  sphere  of  religion.  The  most  extreme  forms 
of  nonconformity  at  once  adopted  all  the  irre- 
concilability of  the  Popes  who  excommunicated 
Henry  VIII,  and  every  man's  opinion  became 
a  sufficient  basis  for  a  complete  system  of  in- 
tolerance. The  culmination  of  this  spirit  was 
reached  when  the  Puritan  Government,  after  the 
death  of  Charles  I,  accorded  the  country  a 
measure  of  what  was  described  as  toleration. 
They  granted  freedom  of  worship  to  all  sects  of 
Christians.  Any  satisfaction  that  this  may  have 
given  to  Roman  Catholics  or  members  of  the 
Church  of  England  was  short-lived,  for  these 
found  that  they  were  not  within  the  scope  of 
toleration,  not  being  accounted  as  Christians 
at  all. 

Constitutional  reformers  used  the  same  licence 
as  religious  reformers.  When  the  Civil  War  was 
drawing  to  a  close,  and  the  victory  of  the  Parlia- 
ment had  been  assured,  and  men's  tongues  had 
grown  used  to  all  the  catchwords  of  liberty,  in 
their  quarrel  with  the  King,  a  petition  was  pre- 


THE    HOUSE    OF    LORDS  13 

sented  to  the  House  of  Commons  at  the  critical 
moment  when  a  spirit  of  compromise  had  shown 
itself  in  that  assembly.  A  prospect  suddenly 
appeared  of  a  general  pacification,  in  which  King, 
Lords,  and  Commons  would  have  resumed  their 
old  functions. 

"It  is  impossible  for  us  to  believe,"  said  the 
petitioners,  "that  it  can  consist  with  the  safety 
or  freedom  of  the  nation  to  be  governed  by  three 
supremes.  Most  of  the  oppressions  of  the  common- 
wealth have  in  all  times  been  brought  upon  the 
people  by  the  King  and  the  Lords,  who  would 
nevertheless  be  so  equal  in  the  supreme  authority 
(if  the  reconciliation  should  take  place)  that  there 
could  be  no  redress  of  grievances,  no  provision  for 
safety,  but  at  their  pleasure."  The  petitioners 
then  went  on  to  state  the  things  which  the  House 
of  Commons  should  have  achieved,  instead  of 
talking  of  compromise,  if  it  was  really  to  deserve 
well  of  the  country.  "  It  ought  to  have  abolished 
all  pretences  of  negative  voices  either  in  the  King 
or  Lords,  to  have  made  kings,  queens,  princes, 
dukes,  earls,  lords,  and  all  persons  alike  "  amenable 
to  the  laws  of  the  land,  to  have  "  freed  all  com- 
moners from  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Lords."  If 
the  House  of  Commons  would  satisfy  these  re- 
quirements it  would  once  more  be  "strengthened 
with  the  love  of  the  people." 

At  the  same  time  the  regiments  of  the  Army 
of  the  Parliament,  by  now  the  supreme  power  in 


14      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

the  land,  petitioned  the  House  of  Commons  for 
the  abolition  of  the  Lords.  They  demanded  that 
the  "  supreme  power  and  trust "  should  be  in  the 
representative  assembly  of  the  people,  "without 
further  appeal  to  any  created  standing  power." 

It  is  quite  clear  that  the  offence  of  the  Lords, 
in  the  eyes  of  these  extreme  persons,  was  in  their 
patronage  of  the  attempt  at  reconciliation  between 
the  victorious  Parliament  and  the  defeated  King. 
Behind  all  constitutional  changes  there  will  be 
found,  at  all  times,  a  practical  object.  In  this 
case  the  object  was  to  enthrone  the  military 
despotism  over  the  ruins  of  the  throne,  Parlia- 
ment, and  popular  liberties  alike.  The  object  was 
achieved,  but  it  was  advocated  always  by  con- 
stitutional arguments  such  as  that  quoted  above. 

The  House  of  Commons,  for  the  while,  rejected 
all  petitions  and  advices  of  an  extreme  character. 
A  very  simple  expedient  was  adopted,  therefore, 
by  those  who  wished  to  modify  the  Constitution 
to  suit  their  purposes.  There  are  two  ways  of 
reversing  the  decision  of  a  deliberative  body.  One 
is  to  add  to  the  numbers  of  the  minority;  the 
other  is  to  diminish  the  numbers  of  the  majority. 
In  1911  the  former  method  was  threatened,  and 
the  decision  of  the  House  of  Lords  was  to  be  re- 
versed by  the  wholesale  creation  of  peers.  In 
1648  the  latter  method  was  used  to  reverse  the 
decision  of  the  House  of  Commons.  Colonel  John 
Pride  went  to  the  House  of  Commons  with  a  few 


THE    HOUSE    OF    LORDS  15 

soldiers,  arrested  forty-five  members  who  were 
voting  the  wrong  way,  and  prevented  ninety-six 
others  from  entering.  Seventy-eight  members 
were  permitted  to  sit ;  and  such  was  the  assembly 
which  was  to  abolish  the  House  of  Lords  and 
perpetrate  the  death  of  the  King. 

The  extremists  had  triumphed,  and  were  now 
as  strong  in  the  House  as  in  the  Army.  As  on 
another  occasion,  when  dealing  with  the  same 
subject,  this  House  dealt  with  the  question  of 
the  Lords  by  means  of  three  "resolutions."  The 
resolutions  were  as  follows : 

1.  That  the  people  are,  under  God,  the  original 

of  all  just  power. 

2.  That  the  Commons  of  England,  in  Parlia- 

ment assembled,  being  chosen  by  and 
representing  the  people,  have  the  supreme 
power  in  this  nation. 

3.  That    whatsoever    is    enacted    or    declared 

for  law  by  the  Commons  in  Parliament 
assembled,  hath  the  force  of  law ;  and 
all  the  people  of  this  nation   are  con- 
cluded thereby,  although  the  consent  or 
concurrence   of  the   King   or   House   of 
Peers  be  not  had  thereunto. 
At  the  time  at  which  we  live  it  is  hard  to  think 
patiently  of  a  body  of  men  who  called  themselves 
the  supreme  power  in  the  nation  chosen  by  and 
representing  the  people,  when  it  was  eight  years 
since  their  election,  when  all  opinions  had  changed, 


16      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

when  they  had  made  their  own  dissolution  illegal 
without  their  consent,  when  many  of  their  number 
had  been  in  arms  against  them,  and  when  they 
had  ejected  by  main  force  two-thirds  of  those  who 
remained.  Such  considerations  must  deprive  the 
three  foregoing  resolutions  of  any  moral  force. 
Yet  they  established,  for  the  guidance  of  future 
generations,  an  invaluable  example  of  the  nature 
of  government  by  a  single  chamber. 

It  need  hardly  be  said  that  the  assembly  which 
thus  made  itself  a  single  chamber  never  volun- 
tarily dissolved  itself  nor  parted  with  a  shred  of  its 
powers.  The  idea  of  consulting  the  people,  "  the 
original  of  all  just  power,"  was  the  last  it  was 
likely  to  entertain.  And,  for  the  final  verdict  of 
the  people  upon  the  experiment  of  the  single 
chamber  we  have  to  look  to  the  passionate  enthu- 
siasm of  the  nation  at  the  restoration  of  the  King, 
Lords,  and  Commons,  "  the  Free  Parliament  "  as 
they  called  it,  in  the  year  1660. 

For  the  most  part  the  objection  of  the  nation 
to  the  rule  of  the  single  chamber  was  based  on  the 
partisan  character  of  its  actions.  It  perpetuated, 
as  a  single  chamber  must  needs  do,  the  domina- 
tion of  a  party.  The  party  in  question,  far  from 
being  that  of  a  majority  of  the  nation,  was  that  of 
an  always  dwindling  minority.  The  more  the 
minority  dwindled,  the  less  disposed  was  the 
single  chamber  to  consult  the  electorate.  Yet 
that  electorate  was  forced  to  live  under  a  body  of 


THE    HOUSE    OF   LORDS  17 

rules,  administered  by  military  force,  affecting  the 
most  private  and  personal  side  of  life,  in  business, 
in  religion,  in  the  home,  and  originating  in  the 
strong  prejudices  of  a  sect  that  had  control  of  the 
legislative  machine.  To  popular  complaints  the 
answer  of  the  party  in  power  was  that  it  was  right 
and  the  people  wrong,  that  its  governance  was  for 
the  people's  good — a  theory  which  did  not  lead  to 
the  popularity  of  the  rulers  nor  their  system  of  rule. 

But  it  was  not  only  in  the  ultimate  judgment 
of  the  nation  that  the  single-chamber  system  was 
condemned.  It  was  assailed,  and  indeed  for  a 
time  it  was  upset,  by  the  head  of  the  existing 
executive  Government,  no  enemy  of  theoretic 
liberty,  Oliver  Cromwell  himself.  He  had  ex- 
cellent opportunities  of  observing  the  system  at 
work.  He  saw  and  had  to  put  up  with  an 
assembly  of  unlimited  powers,  always  in  session, 
not  content  with  the  business  of  mere  legislation 
but  taking  on  itself  by  its  committees  to  supersede 
the  ordinary  courts  of  law,  uniting  in  itself  the 
legislative,  judicial,  and  executive  powers  of  the 
State. 

Cromwell  pronounced  this  to  be  "  the  horridest 
arbitrariness  that  ever  was  exercised  in  the  world." 
"  This  was  the  case  with  the  people  of  England/* 
he  said,  describing  the  system  after  he  had  made 
some  attempt  to  rectify  it,  "  the  Parliament 
assuming  to  itself  the  authority  of  the  three 
Estates  that  were  before.  It  was  so ;  and  if  any 


18      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

man  would  have  come  and  said,  'What  are  the 
rules  you  judge  by  ? ' — why,  we  have  none.  But 
we  are  supreme  in  legislature  and  in  judicature." 

At  this  time,  about  six  years  after  the  death  of 
Charles  I  and  about  five  years  before  the  Restora- 
tion, Cromwell  had  dismissed  by  main  force  the 
old  Parliament  that  fought  the  war  and  abolished 
the  House  of  Lords.  He  had  framed  a  new  Con- 
stitution, called  the  Instrument  of  Government, 
under  which  there  was  provision  for  a  House  of 
Commons,  but  not  for  an  Upper  Chamber  of  any 
sort.  Single  chamber  government  was  continued, 
and  Cromwell  found  his  Parliaments  as  difficult 
to  manage  as  had  the  King  before  him.  Quarrels 
between  executive  and  legislature  were  as  frequent 
as  ever,  and  it  appeared  to  Cromwell  that  the 
solution  lay  in  the  creation  of  an  Upper  Chamber 
as  a  moderating  influence.  In  coming  to  this 
conclusion  he  was  much  assisted  by  the  case  of 
a  certain  James  Nayler. 

Nayler  was  the  author  of  blasphemous  pamph- 
lets, for  the  punishment  of  which  there  was 
ample  provision  at  the  common  law.  The  House 
of  Commons,  however — it  was  the  second  that 
Cromwell  had  called  in  the  few  months  since  the 
Instrument  of  Government — decided  to  look  into 
the  affair  itself.  Many  weeks  were  spent  by  the 
House  in  discussing  whether  they  should  put 
Nayler  to  death  by  an  Act  of  Attainder — an  Act, 
that  is,  making  it  the  law  of  the  land  that  this 


THE    HOUSE    OF    LORDS  19 

man  should  be  hanged — or  whether  they  should 
proceed  against  him  by  their  judicial  power. 
They  had  no  judicial  power.  The  Instrument  of 
Government  had  given  them  none,  nor  was  there 
any  judicial  power  in  the  old  Houses  of  Commons, 
under  the  old  Constitution,  which  they  could  have 
inherited.  But  they  were  not  deterred  by  such 
considerations.  They  felt,  it  is  clear,  that  being 
the  representatives  of  the  people,  "the  original  of 
all  just  power,"  they  were  quite  at  liberty  to  do  as 
they  pleased.  Nor  was  there  anybody  to  check 
them.  So,  while  the  question  of  the  method  of 
Nayler's  final  sentence  was  still  under  discussion, 
they  proceeded,  by  way  of  filling  the  interval,  to 
vote  that  he  should  be  imprisoned,  pilloried, 
whipped,  have  his  tongue  bored,  and  be  branded 
on  the  forehead.  After  this  Cromwell  interfered. 
"  We,  being  interested  in  the  present  Government 
on  behalf  of  the  people  of  these  nations,"  he  said, 
"and  not  knowing  how  far  such  proceedings, 
entered  into  wholly  without  us,  may  extend  in 
the  consequence  of  it,  do  desire  that  the  House 
will  let  us  know  the  grounds  and  reasons  where- 
upon they  have  proceeded." 

But  the  House  would  not  recede  from  the 
position  it  had  taken  up.  In  order  to  avoid  a 
quarrel,  Cromwell  let  the  matter  drop.  But  his 
mind  was  now  fixed  in  favour  of  the  creation  of  a 
second  chamber.  "  Here,"  said  one  of  his  friends 
in  the  House,  "  is  your  power  asserted  on  the  one 


20      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

hand ;  the  supreme  magistrate,  on  the  other  hand, 
desiring  an  account  of  your  judgment.  Where 
shall  there  be  tertius  arbiter?  It  is  a  hard  case. 
No  judge  upon  earth." 

Cromwell  decided  that  such  a  judge  there  should 
be,  and  that  it  should  take  the  historic  form  of 
an  Upper  Chamber.  The  House  of  Commons, 
under  some  fear  of  physical  compulsion,  consented. 
There  was  debate,  naturally,  as  to  the  form  to  be 
allotted  to  the  new  chamber,  "the  Other  House,'1 
as  it  was  called,  and  as  to  the  method  of  its 
constitution.  In  the  end  it  was  settled  that  the 
Other  House  should  be  composed  of  persons  nomi- 
nated by  Cromwell,  who,  as  Lord  Protector,  was 
the  head  of  the  Executive.  He  was  left  free  to 
choose  whomsoever  he  thought  fit. 

After  long  deliberation  he  chose  sixty-three 
persons,  and  summoned  them  to  Westminster. 
Forty-two  of  these  accepted  the  summons  and 
became  the  Other  House.  In  general  parlance 
they  were  called  Lords.  They  belonged,  of  course, 
exclusively  to  the  party  which  supported  the  Pro- 
tector against  the  King  over  the  water,  and  were 
therefore  not  representative  of  the  body  of  national 
feeling  at  that  time.  But,  within  this  limitation, 
they  appear  to  have  been  the  best  selections  that 
Cromwell  could  have  made.  If  they  failed  as  a 
constitutional  experiment  it  was  because  an  Upper 
Chamber,  like  a  Lower  Chamber,  must  fail  if  it 
represents  no  more  than  a  partisan  minority. 


THE    HOUSE    OF    LORDS  21 

No  sooner  was  the  Other  House  constituted 
than  the  House  of  Commons  fell  to  wrangling 
about  its  powers.  Cromwell,  to  settle  or  postpone 
disputes,  dissolved  the  Parliament,  in  his  speech 
of  dissolution  he  referred  to  the  constitutional 
question  in  these  words :  "  I  would  not  undertake 
it  (the  government)  without  there  might  be  some 
other  body  that  might  interpose  between  you  (the 
Commons)  and  me,  on  behalf  of  the  Common- 
wealth, to  prevent  a  tumultuary  and  a  popular 
spirit." 

When  the  next  Parliament  met,  all  the  vigilance 
of  the  Government  had  been  unable  to  prevent 
the  return  of  a  good  number  of  members  who  were 
Royalist  at  heart.  Cromwell  was  now  dead,  and 
his  son  Richard  sat  in  his  seat.  The  Other  House, 
as  constituted  by  his  father,  was  summoned  by 
Richard  as  part  of  the  Parliament.  Once  more 
there  was  debate  upon  its  merits  in  the  Commons. 
But  the  spirit  was  changed.  Criticism  was  now 
directed  not  at  the  Upper  Chamber  as  contrary 
to  liberty,  but  at  its  component  members  as  con- 
temptible puppets,  nominees  of  military  despotism, 
and  very  unworthy  successors  of  the  old  peerage 
of  England.  With  the  Commons  in  this  mood  a 
fresh  complication  arose.  The  Army,  still  the 
deciding  power  in  the  last  resort,  was  well  repre- 
sented in  the  existing  Upper  Chamber  by  the 
number  of  its  officers  who  sat  there.  The  Army, 
therefore,  became  the  defender  of  the  Upper  Cham- 

B 


22      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

ber  for  the  time  being.  But,  in  a  month  or  two, 
internal  intrigues  in  the  Army  led  to  the  over- 
turning of  the  whole  of  the  new  system  ;  Protector, 
Other  House,  and  Commons  were  dismissed  at  one 
blow,  and  the  Army  recalled  the  old  House  of 
Commons  that  fought  the  Civil  War. 

Once  again  there  was,  to  outward  seeming,  a 
single  chamber.  But  in  fact  there  was  nothing, 
for  the  revolutionary  period  was  in  its  last  throes, 
and  only  a  few  troubled  months  were  to  intervene, 
full  of  intrigue  and  negotiation  and  uncertainty, 
before  the  taciturn  gentleman  from  Devonshire, 
General  Monck,  could  sufficiently  tame  the  Army 
to  permit  of  the  King's  return.  No  one  could 
have  been  blind,  at  this  time,  to  the  certainty  that 
the  old  Constitution  would  be  restored.  Not  even 
the  standing  Army  could  have  long  withstood  the 
wishes  of  the  nation. 

It  remained  only  for  the  theoretical  democrats 
to  make  the  best  of  their  poor  chance  of  imposing 
conditions  upon  the  King  before  he  was  restored. 
They  tried,  in  the  first  place,  to  strike  the  general 
imagination  by  suggesting  constitutional  experi- 
ments far  more  novel  than  any  of  Cromwell's. 
There  was  to  be  a  Parliament  of  two  chambers, 
each  being  elected  by  the  same  voters.  Then  there 
was  to  be  a  Parliament  with  one  chamber  with 
a  body  of  twenty-one  "  Conservators  of  Liberty," 
who  were  to  treat  the  single  chamber  as  another 
body  of  Conservators  treat  the  river  Thames — to 


THE    HOUSE    OF    LORDS  23 

keep  it  within  due  bounds.  Never,  however,  was 
it  suggested  that  a  single-chamber  system  should 
be  tried  again.  On  this  point  it  would  seem  that 
the  minds  of  all  classes  were  so  firmly  fixed  that 
the  most  daring  innovator  ventured  nothing  against 
so  general  an  opinion. 

Failing  to  obtain  the  least  degree  of  popular 
support  for  any  of  their  constitutional  suggestions, 
the  party  of  revolution  next  sought  to  limit,  in 
the  party  interest,  the  composition  of  the  old 
House  of  Lords  whose  return  they  saw  to  be  in- 
evitable. First  they  asked  that  it  should  consist 
only  of  those  lords  who  had  sided  with  the  Par- 
liament in  the  war.  Then  they  asked  for  the  ex- 
clusion, at  least,  of  the  peers  created  by  Charles  I 
while  the  war  was  in  progress. 

They  were  attempting  to  bargain  with  a  man 
who  knew  well  that  he  could  dictate  terms. 
Charles  II  was  aware  that  the  date  of  his  re- 
storation depended  on  Monck  and  the  Army,  and 
by  no  means  on  the  success  of  his  negotiations 
with  the  crestfallen  republicans  at  Westminster. 
Monck  gave  the  signal ;  the  King  returned ;  and 
no  further  word  was  heard  upon  the  constitutional 
question  save  the  parliamentary  recitation  that 
the  government  "is  and  ought  to  be"  by  King, 
Lords,  and  Commons. 

So  ended  the  historic  period  of  constitutional 
experiment  in  England.  The  Lords  and  the  Crown 
had  been  abolished,  and  the  Commons  had  been 


24      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

dragooned  by  colonels  and  troopers.  Yet,  within 
the  very  period  of  the  Revolution  itself,  it  had  been 
found  necessary  to  replace  the  King  by  the  Pro- 
tector, the  Commons  by  Cromwell's  Parliament, 
and  the  Lords  by  Cromwell's  Other  House. 
Another  turn  of  the  wheel,  and  the  rickety  insti- 
tutions of  revolution  fell  to  pieces.  Protector, 
Other  House,  and  Commons  disappeared.  Sta- 
bility was  not  restored,  even  for  the  people's 
chamber,  until  the  historic  Constitution  was 
brought  back  to  Westminster. 


CHAPTER   III 

FOREIGN  SECOND  CHAMBERS— THEIR  ORIGINS 
AND   COMPOSITION 

ENGLAND,  at  the  time  of  the  Puritan  revolution 
experimented  with  a  single-chamber  system.  Very 
few  foreign  countries  have  made  the  same  experi- 
ment. In  copying  from  England  the  institution 
of  representative  government,  practically  all  other 
countries  have  followed  the  rule  which  prevailed 
in  England  for  centuries,  and  not  the  exception 
which  so  signally  proved  its  value.  They  have 
copied  the  double-chamber  system. 

But  it  need  hardly  be  said  that  foreign  countries 
have  not  copied  us  in  the  composition  of  that 
House  which  performs  the  functions  of  a  second 
chamber  in  England.  The  House  of  Lords  could 
not  be  copied.  It  was  never  invented  by  anyone, 
and  never  could  have  been  invented.  It  originated 
in  the  fact  that  the  King  of  England  was  once 
little  more  than  a  great  landowner  who  acquired 
a  certain  precedence  over  others  less  powerful  than 
himself.  He  was  surrounded,  from  the  outset,  by 
a  number  of  great  persons  who  inevitably  formed, 

25 


26      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

when  assembled,  a  council  or  Parliament  to  limit 
his  authority  not  so  much  in  virtue  of  any  law  as 
because  they  were  very  powerful  men.  History 
advanced;  the  Norman  kings  developed  the  idea 
of  monarchy ;  but  the  great  nobles  still  surrounded 
the  King  as  before.  The  House  of  Commons  came 
into  existence,  a  novelty  and  an  invention  indeed, 
traceable  to  the  minds  of  Simon  de  Montfort  and 
Edward  I.  But  the  great  men,  the  barons,  the 
House  of  Lords,  continued  to  be  there.  It  is  easy 
to  see  how  they  slipped  into  the  position  of  a 
chamber  of  the  Legislature.  They  were  much  more 
powerful  than  the  Commons.  But  the  change 
of  ideas  came  about,  and  the  democratic  spirit,  not 
unaided  by  manoeuvres  of  the  kings,  magnified  the 
authority  of  the  people's  House.  Yet  the  House 
of  Lords  still  remained.  And  so  it  became  the 
second  chamber  which  we  knew  before  the  Parlia- 
ment Act  of  1911 — the  chamber  of  revision  which 
the  nations  of  the  world  have  tried  to  copy. 

The  countries  of  Western  Europe  had  at  one 
time  bodies  of  nobles  that  might  have  developed 
like  our  own  into  an  upper  chamber.  But  the 
encroachments  of  despotism  in  all  cases,  and  in 
some  cases  the  multiplication  of  nobility  through 
the  lack  of  a  system  of  primogeniture,  cut  short 
the  process  which  is  traceable  in  England.  In 
the  Middle  Ages  the  beginnings  of  representa- 
tive government  can  be  seen  throughout  Western 
Europe,  and  can  be  seen  to  wither  and  perish. 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS        27 

Then  came  the  nineteenth  century,  when  they 
revived  under  the  influence  of  the  ideas  of  the 
French  Revolution.  It  was  then  easy  enough, 
copying  England,  to  call  upon  the  people  to  elect 
a  people's  chamber.  But  to  devise  and  create  an 
upper  house  was  a  matter  of  greater  difficulty. 
The  House  of  Lords,  the  only  upper  house  that 
existed  as  a  model  in  history,  had  been  born  and 
not  made.  The  American  Senate  was  a  novelty, 
and  was  based  on  the  exceptional  circumstances 
of  the  American  federal  system,  of  no  use  as  a 
model  for  European  nations.  ^Consequently  it  was 
necessary  to  go  out  into  the  domain  of  pure  theory 
and  find  principles  upon  which  a  second  chamber 
could  be  built  up.  Of  these  principles  there  are 
four.  Two  of  them,  Heredity  and  Federalism, 
can  only  be  used  in  special  cases,  The  other  two, 
Nomination  and  Election,  are  available  every- 
where. 


THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  HEREDITY 

Hungary  is  the  only  country  in  which  this  prin- 
ciple has  a  substantial  predominance.  The  reason, 
as  will  be  guessed,  is  historical,  and  lies  in  the 
interesting  fact  that  Hungary  alone  of  continental 
nations  resembles  England  in  having  preserved 
an  element  of  representative  institutions,  more  or 
less,  throughout  her  history.  Her  House  of  Lords, 
called  the  Table  of  Magnates,  at  one  time  con- 


28      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

sisted  of  some  800  members.  The  number  now 
stands  at  about  384,  of  whom  over  300  are  here- 
ditary peers  with  a  high  property  qualification. 
The  remainder,  with  the  exception  of  three  elected 
Croatian  deputies,  are  official,  ecclesiastical,  and 
nominated  life-members.  Even  here  the  heredi- 
tary principle  has  not  been  preserved  intact. 

In  other  countries  it  has  been  yet  further  abated. 
In  Austria,  in  a  second  chamber  of  266  members, 
the  hereditary  element  numbers  about  89.  In 
Prussia,  in  a  second  chamber  of  365  members,  it 
numbers  115.  In  Spain  heredity  accounts  for  about 
a  fourth  of  a  second  chamber,  of  which  it  is  said 
that  "  the  nobility  have  but  slight  influence,  and 
the  Senate  in  which  they  sit  usually  follows  the 
action  of  the  Chamber  of  Deputies."  In  each  of 
the  five  lesser  States  of  the  German  Empire  there 
is  a  hereditary  element,  mixed  in  varying  propor- 
tions with  members  nominated  for  life.  In  Japan, 
where  the  traditions  of  the  aristocracy  are  strong, 
one  half  of  the  second  chamber  are  either  here- 
ditary peers  or  peers  elected  by  their  own  heredi- 
tary order :  the  other  half  is  either  nominated  by 
the  Crown,  or  elected  by  persons  of  wealth,  with  a 
Crown  veto  limiting  their  choice. 

In  general,  it  cannot  be  said  that  heredity  plays 
a  distinguished  part  in  the  upper  chambers  of 
foreign  countries.  In  Prussia  it  is  practically  at 
the  service  of  the  Crown,  and  in  Japan  also ;  in 
Spain  it  is  timid  and  self-effacing;  in  the  lesser 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS       29 

German  States  it  occupies,  together  with  the  whole 
system  of  representative  institutions,  a  place  of 
little  importance.  Only  in  Austria  and  Hungary 
can  we  find  second  chambers  of  noticeable  in- 
fluence composed  partly  of  hereditary  members ; 
and  only  in  Hungary  do  these  members  form  a 
large  proportion  of  the  whole  chamber. 

PRINCIPLE  OF  NOMINATION  BY  EXECUTIVE 
GOVERNMENT 

By  far  the  most  interesting  example  of  this 
principle  is  the  Senate  of  Italy.  To  English  people 
it  is  interesting,  because,  of  all  the  continental 
institutions,  that  of  Italy  was  modelled  most 
closely  upon  our  own.  The  Italian  Cabinet  occu- 
pies in  the  lower  chamber  a  position  exactly 
similar  to  that  of  our  Government  in  the  House  of 
Commons.  The  Italian  kings  have  studied  the 
constitutional  example  of  our  own  Crown.  And  the 
Italian  Senate  was,  in  intention,  a  conscious  and 
deliberate  attempt  to  create  a  counterpart  of  our 
House  of  Lords. 

It  consists  entirely  of  Senators  nominated  for 
life  by  the  King.  They  must  be  over  forty  years 
of  age;  they  must  either  be  persons  who  have 
distinguished  themselves  in  official  positions,  or 
in  literature,  science,  or  some  other  intellectual 
attainment,  or  they  must  be  persons  who  for  the 
last  three  years  before  appointment  have  paid  a 


30      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

sum  equal  to  £120  in  direct  taxes  in  respect  of 
their  property  or  income.  It  is  easy  to  see  whence 
the  idea  of  these  qualifications  was  derived.  They 
mark  out  precisely  the  kind  of  men  on  whom  the 
English  Crown  bestows  hereditary  peerages,  men 
of  official  distinction,  or  of  eminence  in  some  other 
career,  or  of  wealth.  If  England  were  to  abolish 
the  hereditary  right  to  a  seat  in  the  House  of 
Lords,  and,  at  the  same  time,  were  to  enlarge  the 
number  of  peerages  bestowed  each  year,  the  House 
of  Lords  would  come  to  be  practically  identical  in 
composition  with  the  Italian  Senate. 

Now  for  the  weaknesses  which  the  Senate  has 
shown.  The  nominations,  coming  in  theory  from 
the  Crown,  come  in  practice  from  the  Prime  Minis- 
ter who  commands  a  party  majority  in  the  lower 
chamber.  English  practice  is  followed  in  this 
respect  also,  and  it  is  followed  further  in  that  the 
Prime  Minister's  appointments  are  always  of  a 
party  character.  The  weakness  appears,  of  course, 
on  the  arrival  of  a  new  Premier  and  a  new  lower 
chamber  with  new  proposals  to  carry  into  law. 
Then,  either  the  Senate  opposes,  in  which  case  a 
parliamentary  deadlock  ensues,  or  it  submits  and 
thus  sacrifices  its  moral  authority.  By  this  date 
submission  has  become  the  rule.  For  the  Italians 
have  copied  England  in  yet  another  point ;  they 
have  provided  for  the  swamping  of  the  upper 
chamber  by  new  creations.  This  has  been  done 
in  several  cases.  In  1890  the  Premier  advised, 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS       31 

and  the  King  granted,  the  creation  of  seventy-five 
new  Senators  to  turn  a  minority  into  a  majority. 
The  creation  was  not  only  threatened  but  actually 
carried  out,  the  numbers  of  the  existing  Senate 
being  thus  increased  by  about  one-fourth.  A 
direct  consequence  is  this-  that  the  actual  and 
moral  power  of  the  Senate  as  a  chamber  of  im- 
partial revision  has  greatly  waned  since  this 
proceeding. 

In  another  chapter  we  shall  deal  with  another 
Senate  which  is  nominated  for  life  without  the 
personal  qualifications  required  for  Senatorship  in 
Italy,  but  with  the  all-important  difference  that 
there  is  no  provision  for  swamping  it.  It  is  im- 
possible not  to  wish  that  the  Italian  Senate  had  a 
happier  history.  In  theory,  as  a  body  of  dis- 
tinguished men,  it  is  admirable.  It  is  free  from 
all  the  defects  charged  against  the  hereditary  and 
the  elective  systems,  and  it  has  all  the  promise  of 
commanding  the  greatest  moral  authority.  Yet  it 
is  less  powerful  than  was  our  own  hereditary  second 
chamber  and  than  the  elected  Senate  of  France. 

No  other  foreign  country  has  a  purely  nomi- 
nated second  chamber.  But  in  all  those  second 
chambers  where  we  have  seen  that  a  hereditary 
element  is  present  there  is  a  nominated  element 
present  too.  In  Hungary  it  is  very  small;  in 
Austria  it  is  large ;  in  Spain  it  accounts  for  about 
a  quarter  of  the  chamber ;  in  Prussia  for  exactly 
one-fifth ;  in  Japan  for  about  a  third.  In  Russia, 


32      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

where  there  is  no  hereditary  element,  the  second 
chamber  is  nominated,  as  to  one-half,  by  the  Tsar, 
and  elected  as  to  the  other  half  by  various  inte- 
rests and  groups  in  the  country. 

THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  ELECTION 

Upon  this  principle  rests  the  second  chamber  of 
France,  and  France  is  one  of  those  countries 
which  have  upon  occasions  experimented  with  the 
single-chamber  system.  To  this  extent,  therefore, 
it  is  worth  glancing  at  French  history  before  the 
present  and  powerful  elected  Senate  of  France  is 
described.  The  old  Constitution  of  France,  before 
the  Revolution,  provided  for  a  Parliament ;  but  the 
Parliament  did  not  meet.  When  Louis  XVI 
summoned  it  in  1789  it  was  the  first  time  that  it 
had  come  together  for  175  years.  It  had  three 
chambers,  representing  the  clergy,  the  nobles,  and 
the  people.  After  some  discussion,  and  in  spite  of 
royal  prohibition,  the  three  chambers  decided  to 
sit,  not  as  three,  but  as  one.  Thus  they  became 
the  National  Assembly,  and  they  proceeded  to 
draft  a  new  Constitution  for  France.  They  were 
recommended  by  a  committee  of  their  own  appoint- 
ment to  adopt  the  double-chamber  system  of 
England;  but  deeply  imbued  with  democratic 
theories,  they  would  have  nothing  but  a  single 
chamber.  The  statesman  Mirabeau,  while  hostile 
to  a  Senate  or  House  of  Peers,  warned  the  Assembly 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS       33 

of  the  dangers  incidental  to  single-chamber  govern- 
ment. His  own  expedient  was  to  confer  on  the 
King  a  right  of  absolute  veto  on  the  legislation  of 
the  single  chamber.  He  argued  as  follows : 

"  Since  the  nature  of  things  does  not  necessarily 
result  in  the  choice  of  the  most  worthy  represen- 
tatives, but  of  those  whose  situation,  fortune,  and 
circumstances  mark  them  out  as  able  to  make 
the  most  willing  sacrifice  of  their  time  to  public 
affairs,  the  choice  of  representatives  will  always 
result  in  the  creation  of  a  sort  of  aristocracy, 
always  tending  to  become  more  solid,  who  will 
become  equally  hostile  to  the  monarch  whom  they 
wish  to  equal  and  to  the  people  whom  they  will 
always  seek  to  hold  in  abasement." 

This  prophetic  warning  was  disregarded.  The 
Crown  was  given  only  a  "suspensive  veto,"  and 
the  legislative  power  was  vested  in  a  single  cham- 
ber of  745  members.  The  Constitution  lasted 
but  a  few  months,  but  it  did  not  expire  before  the 
single  chamber  had  had  time  to  perform  the  char- 
acteristic action  of  all  single  chambers  of  which 
we  have  record.  It  abolished  the  one  check 
established  upon  its  own  omnipotence.  Instead 
of  allowing  the  Crown  to  use  the  "suspensive 
veto,"  it  suspended  the  Crown  itself. 

After  this,  in  1792,  the  Assembly  was  super- 
seded by  another  single  chamber,  the  Convention, 
which  continued  to  govern  France  for  three  years. 
It  was  this  body  which  has  the  credit  of  the 


34      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

period  known  as  the  Reign  of  Terror.  It  formally 
abolished  the  monarchy,  established  a  republic, 
and  framed  another  single-chamber  Constitution, 
which,  as  a  fact,  never  came  into  force.  Before 
the  time  arrived  for  its  working  to  begin,  the 
Convention,  still  sitting,  had  had  some  internal 
revolutions  against  its  own  extremists.  A  more 
moderate  spirit  was  prevailing,  and  the  result  was 
the  establishment  of  a  double-chamber  Constitu- 
tion which  commenced  operations  in  1795.  This 
was  the  Constitution  of  the  Directory.  It  pro- 
vided an  upper  house,  the  Council  of  Ancients, 
whose  sole  function  was  to  exercise  a  right  of 
veto.  It  could  not  initiate  legislation. 

The  Directorial  Constitution  was  the  sanest  and 
most  practicable  of  the  systems  of  government 
thrown  up  during  the  French  Revolution,  and,  in 
quiet  times,  it  might  have  worked.  The  cause  of 
its  failure  is  admirably  expressed  by  Thiers,  in 
words  that  may  serve  as  a  warning  not  only  to 
Frenchmen.  "Constitutional  government,"  he 
says,  "  is  a  chimera  at  the  conclusion  of  a  Revolu- 
tion such  as  that  of  France.  It  is  not  under  the 
shelter  of  legal  authority  that  parties  whose 
passions  have  been  so  violently  excited  can 
arrange  themselves  and  repose;  a  more  vigorous 
power  is  required  to  restrain  them,  to  fuse  their 
still  burning  elements,  and  protect  them  against 
foreign  violence.  That  power  is  the  Empire  of 
the  sword." 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS        35 

It  was  the  Empire  of  Napoleon.  This,  first  of 
all,  at  the  time  when  it  upset  the  Directory,  took 
the  form  of  the  Consulate.  As  if  to  seek  safety  in 
ever  further  divergence  from  the  single -chamber 
system,  the  Consulate  Constitution  set  up  three 
chambers,  none  of  them  popularly  elected,  and 
their  odd  feature  was  that  one  could  deliberate 
but  not  vote  while  another  could  vote  but  not 
deliberate. 

This  system  lasted  two  years.  It  lasted  until 
Napoleon  was  ready  to  unmask  a  practical  despot- 
ism, as  First  Consul.  He  declared  himself  Em- 
peror in  1804,  and,  with  modifications  in  favour 
of  the  principle  of  nomination,  and  with  the 
elimination  of  one  of  the  three  chambers,  he  pre- 
served the  Constitution  of  the  later  Consulate 
until  his  fall  in  1814. 

The  restored  monarchy  in  1814  published  a 
Constitutional  Charter.  This  gave  legislative 
power  to  the  King  and  two  chambers,  but  gave 
to  the  King  the  sole  right  to  initiate  legislation. 
The  upper  house  was  a  House  of  Peers,  unlimited 
in  numbers,  composed  of  hereditary  peers  and  life 
peers  nominated  by  the  King.  It  is  obvious  that 
no  great  importance  can  attach  to  either  House 
of  Legislature  which  can  but  say  Yes  or  No  to 
the  proposals  of  a  King  whose  Ministers  are  not 
dependent  upon  it.  In  1830  another  revolution 
placed  Louis  Philippe  upon  the  throne,  each 
House  was  given  a  right  of  initiating  legislation, 


36      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

and  the  hereditary  element  in  the  House  of  Peers 
was  done  away  with.  This  arrangement  lasted 
for  eighteen  years. 

In  1848,  at  a  time  when  all  Europe  was  seeth- 
ing with  democratic  ideas,  France  availed  herself 
of  a  further  revolution  to  experiment  once  more 
with  a  single  chamber.  This  was  under  the 
Second  Republic,  of  which  Louis  Napoleon  was 
President.  The  chamber  consisted  of  750  paid 
members,  elected  upon  a  universal  suffrage.  The 
President  had  a  suspensive  veto  upon  its  legisla- 
tion, and  the  right  of  initiation  belonged  equally 
to  the  chamber  and  the  President. 

As  the  first  of  France's  single-chamber  Govern- 
ments conducted  the  Reign  of  Terror,  so  the 
second  made  the  memorable  experiment  of  the 
Right  to  Work.  State  workshops  were  opened 
for  the  benefit  of  all  the  workless  and  idle  who 
came  in  portentous  numbers  to  be  kept  in  comfort 
at  the  public  expense  in  return  for  scanty  and 
useless  services.  This  and  other  excesses,  terrible 
to  the  economical  ideas  of  French  people,  soon 
brought  the  Second  Republic  to  an  end. 

In  the  first  days  of  1852,  after  another  revolu- 
tion, a  second  chamber  was  established,  based  on 
the  nomination  principle,  and  the  right  of  initiat- 
ing legislation  was  confined  to  the  President. 
Before  the  year  expired  the  President  became 
hereditary  Emperor,  and  he  contrived  to  vest  in 
his  nominated  Senate  all  serious  remnants  of 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS       37 

legislative  authority  that  existed  out  of  his  own 
hands. 

The  Second  Empire  fell  in  1870,  after  the 
Franco-Prussian  War.  The  Third  Republic  fol- 
lowed it.  Though  the  constitution  of  this  Republic, 
which  still  endures,  was  not  enacted  until  1875, 
and  though  the  Senate  contained  a  proportion  of 
life  nominations  until  1884,  it  will  be  convenient 
to  ignore  these  variations  and  consider  the  French 
Senate  as  it  now  exists. 

The  Senate  consists  of  300  members,  each  of 
whom  is  elected  for  a  period  of  nine  years.  One- 
third  of  the  total  membership  is  re-elected  every 
three  years.  The  method  of  election  is  as  follows. 
The  constituency  is  the  Department,  or  county  as 
it  would  be  here,  and  each  Department  is  entitled 
to  return  to  the  Senate  a  number  of  members 
proportionate  to  its  own  population.  But  the 
election  is  not  a  direct  election  by  the  people 
themselves,  such  as  we  know  in  this  country  and 
such  as  the  French  employ  in  choosing  the 
members  of  their  lower  chamber.  It  is  election 
by  a  special  Electoral  College  constituted  in  the 
Department  for  the  express  purpose  of  choosing 
Senators.  The  Electoral  College  is  constituted  as 
follows :  (i.)  Members  of  the  lower  house  who 
sit  for  the  Department  in  question ;  (ii.)  the  Pre- 
fect of  the  Department,  an  official  appointed  by 
the  Government  whom  we  might  compare  to  the 
Chairman  of  an  English  County  Council ;  (iii.)  the 


38      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Prefect's  Council,  which  consists  of  six  persons 
elected  within  the  Department ;  (iv.)  the  Sub- 
Prefects,  who  are  officials  appointed  by  the 
Government  to  administer  the  various  Arrondisse- 
ments,  or  districts,  within  the  Department ;  (v.)  the 
Sub-Prefect's  Councils,  elected  within  each  Ar- 
rondissement ;  (vi.)  delegates  elected  by  the 
Municipal  Councils  of  the  communes,  or  villages 
and  towns,  within  the  Department,  which  councils 
are  themselves  elected  by  universal  suffrage  within 
the  commune.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  last  of 
these  elements  in  the  Electoral  College,  the  dele- 
gates of  the  elected  Municipal  Councils,  greatly 
outnumber  all  the  others.  It  follows  that  the 
Senators  are  elected,  for  the  most  part,  by  those 
who  are  themselves  elected  by  universal  suffrage. 
Yet  the  election  takes  place  in  the  presence  of 
such  persons  as  the  Prefect,  Sub-Prefects,  and 
members  of  the  lower  house,  who  are  likely  to 
possess  no  small  moral  influence  over  the  minds 
of  the  bulk  of  the  Electoral  College.  It  is,  in  fact, 
an  extremely  democratic  election  conducted  under 
circumstances  likely  to  throw  particular  gravity 
and  solemnity  about  the  proceedings. 

The  influence  of  the  Senate,  thus  constituted,  is 
remarkable.  It  possesses  far  greater  weight  than 
the  nominated  Senate  of  distinguished  persons  in 
Italy.  Without  doubt  this  is  partly  due  to  the 
fact  that  there  is  no  way  of  swamping  its 
majorities.  But  it  is  felt  in  France  that  the 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS       39 

influence  of  the  Senate  comes  from  the  con- 
sciousness that  its  origin  is  as  democratic  as  that 
of  the  lower  house,  though  its  members  are 
chosen  with  more  care  and  by  a  process  more 
elaborate.  Be  it  as  it  may,  the  authority  of  the 
Senate  is  such  as  would  surprise  an  English 
Minister.  M.  Yves  Guyot  writes :  "  On  March 
15,  1890,  the  Tirard  Cabinet  resigned  on  account 
of  a  vote  passed  by  the  Senate  refusing  to  accept 
a  treaty  with  Greece.  I  was  a  member  of  that 
Cabinet,  and  not  one  of  us  questioned  the  Senate's 
right.  It  is  impossible  for  a  Cabinet  to  govern  in 
opposition  to  the  Senate."  On  April  20,  1896, 
the  Senate  passed  a  vote  of  no  confidence  in  the 
Ministry  of  that  day.  The  Ministry  ignored  the 
vote,  whereupon  the  Senate  refused  to  sanction 
credits  for  sending  troops  to  Madagascar,  thus 
forcing  the  Ministry  to  resign.  On  five  occasions 
has  the  Ministry  of  the  day  appealed  to  the  Senate 
for  votes  of  confidence.  The  world  has  certainly 
one  other  second  chamber,  the  American,  whose 
actual  powers  in  legislation  exceed  those  of  the 
French  Senate ;  but  there  is  nowhere  another 
second  chamber  that  has  acquired  this  power 
over  the  Executive. 

Quarrels  between  the  two  Houses  are  uncommon 
in  France,  not  on  account  of  any  timidity  or  ac- 
commodation on  either  side,  but  because  the  broad 
feeling  of  the  two  Houses  on  important  questions 
is  apt  to  coincide.  But  it  should  be  noted  that 


40      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

habitual  agreement  between  two  chambers  is  no 
argument  against  the  utility  of  the  double- 
chamber  system.  The  value  of  the  second 
chamber  in  revising  legislation  is  continuous. 
Its  value  as  a  check  to  the  excesses  of  the  lower 
chamber  can  only  be  seen  when  those  excesses 
are  committed.  Like  a  lightning-conductor,  it 
will  not  show  its  value  until  the  time  arrives. 
Like  the  loaded  revolver,  its  very  presence  lessens 
the  probability  of  its  employment  becoming  neces- 
sary. 

The  French  Senate  is  the  most  interesting  in- 
stance of  the  principle  of  election  among  second 
chambers.  Other  cases  do  not  call  for  such  full 
description.  Sweden  and  Holland  have  senates 
elected,  by  indirect  election,  on  universal  suffrage. 
Denmark  has  the  same,  with  a  small  addition  of 
nominated  members.  In  Spain  one-half  of  the 
second  chamber  is  elected,  indirectly,  to  sit  with 
the  hereditary  and  nominated  members.  Belgium 
has  a  senate  of  110  members,  of  which  83  are 
directly  and  27  indirectly  elected.  In  Norway 
the  senate  is  elected  by  the  lower  house  from 
among  its  own  members.  In  Russia,  where  half 
the  upper  house  is  nominated  by  the  Tsar,  the 
other  half  is  elected  by  the  Church,  the  Chambers 
of  Commerce,  the  Assemblies  of  Nobility,  the 
Universities,  the  landed  proprietors  of  Poland,  and 
the  Provincial  Councils.  In  some  of  these  cases 
there  is  a  property  qualification  required  of  the 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS        41 

voter  in  elections  to  the  second  chamber.  There 
is  another  second  chamber  which  is  elected,  one 
of  the  most  remarkable  of  all,  but  it  comes  under 
another  heading. 

THE  PKINCIPLE  OF  FEDERATION 

The  Senate  of  the  United  States  is  of  special 
interest.  The  first  attempt  to  federate  the  separate 
States,  after  the.end  of  the  War  of  Independence,  was 
unsuccessful.  The  Constitution  under  which  the 
attempt  was  made  provided  a  Federal  Legislature 
of  one  chamber ;  but  it  contained  another  defect 
which,  under  the  circumstances,  was  fatal.  It  did 
not  adequately  allay  the  intense  jealousy  with 
which  each  State  cherished  its  independent  exist- 
ence. This,  the  characteristic  difficulty  of  all  fede- 
rations, can  never  have  been  greater  than  in  the 
early  history  of  the  American  Union.  During 
the  war,  when  the  States  sent  their  contingents  to 
the  army  of  Washington,  it  was  at  first  stipulated 
that  not  the  smallest  breach  of  discipline  by  a 
soldier  should  be  punished  without  a  reference  to 
the  legislature  of  the  State  from  which  he  came. 
Where  such  grotesque  notions  prevailed  the  State 
feeling  must  have  been  strong  indeed. 

Those  who  framed  the  second  Federal  Constitu- 
tion, which  is  the  Constitution  that  has  endured 
ever  since,  were  under  the  necessity  of  disarming 
this  jealous  particularity.  Two  considerations 


42      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

were  clear  before  them.  Since  the  Constitution 
was  in  the  nature  of  a  bargain  between  the  States, 
each  sacrificing  some  independence  for  the  sake  of 
some  protection,  it  was  necessary  to  ensure  that 
the  bargain  should  never  lightly  be  broken  or 
varied.  It  was  desirable,  therefore,  to  have  a 
Constitution  of  a  very  conservative  type,  under 
the  operation  of  which  there  should  be  the  least 
possible  likelihood  of  a  temporary  majority  in  the 
legislature  acting  harshly  towards  the  interests  of 
any  of  the  States.  The  second  consideration  was 
that  the  Constitution  must  itself,  by  its  very  pro- 
visions and  daily  application,  be  a  guarantee  and 
emblem  of  the  perpetual  independence  of  the 
States  within  the  limits  of  the  original  bargain. 
Both  these  considerations  raised  problems  of  diffi- 
culty, and  both  problems  were  settled  by  the 
creation  of  the  Senate. 

Article  III  of  the  American  Constitution  runs 
thus :  "  The  Senate  of  the  United  States  shall  be 
composed  of  two  Senators  from  each  State,  chosen 
by  the  Legislature  thereof,  for  six  years,  and  each 
Senator  shall  have  one  vote."  It  is  also  provided 
that  one-third  of  the  members  of  the  Senate  shall 
retire  every  two  years,  and  that  each  of  its  mem- 
bers shall  be  (1)  over  thirty  years  of  age;  (2) 
resident  in  the  United  States  for  nine  years; 
(3)  resident  in  the  State  for  which  he  is  elected. 

The  particularist  feeling  of  the  States  was  grati- 
fied by  this  plan  because  of  the  guarantee  of  equal 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS        43 

voting  power  to  all  States,  large  and  small,  in  one 
branch  of  the  legislature,  and  a  branch,  as  will  be 
shown  later,  that  had  very  special  and  formidable 
powers.  In  the  election  of  the  President  and  of 
the  lower  house  the  small  State  had  a  voice 
proportionate  to  its  smallness,  and  was  thus  far 
merged  in  the  whole  as  the  county  of  Rutland  is 
merged  in  England.  But  in  the  Senate  the  big 
and  powerful  State  was  to  count  for  no  more  than 
than  the  smallest.  Further,  the  conservative 
character  of  the  Constitution  was  ensured  by  the 
wide  powers  with  which  the  Senate  was  invested, 
and  with  the  particular  elaborateness  of  the 
machinery  by  which  alone,  with  the  consent  of 
three-fourths  of  the  individual  States,  the  Consti- 
tution could  ever  be  altered. 

"  Chosen,"  as  the  Constitution  says,  "  by  the 
Legislatures  thereof,"  the  Senate  belongs  to  that 
class  of  upper  chamber/which  is  chosen  by  indirect 
election. '  But  so  important  has  it  become  in  the 
world  of  American  politics  that  the  elections  to 
the  State  Legislatures  themselves  frequently  turn 
on  the  question  of  how  the  various  parties  and 
candidates  will  act  upon  the  next  election  of 
Senators.  The  greatest  tribute,  however,  to  the 
authority  of  this  second  chamber  is  that  though 
it  has  repeatedly  and  unblushingly  opposed  the 
Lower  House,  and  possibly  also  the  "  will  of  the 
people,"  there  has  never  been  the  slightest  inclina- 
tion among  Americans  to  question  its  value  and 


44      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

necessity.  Americans  are  given  to  particularly 
emphatic  speaking  on  all  the  themes  of  freedom 
and  liberty,  but  they  have  never  murmured 
against  the  most  active — almost  aggressive — of  all 
the  second  chambers  in  the  world. 

It  is  worth  while  to  quote  words  written  by 
Alexander  Hamilton,  the  statesman  who  contri- 
buted more  than  any  other  to  the  framing  of  the 
American  Constitution :  "  There  is  reason  to  ex- 
pect," he  says,  "  that  this  branch  of  the  Legislature 
will  usually  be  composed  with  peculiar  care  and 
judgment ;  that  the  senators  .  .  .  will  be  less 
apt  to  be  tainted  by  the  spirit  of  faction,  and  more 
out  of  the  reach  of  those  occasional  ill-humours 
or  temporary  prejudices  and  propensities  which 
in  smaller  societies  frequently  contaminate  the 
public  deliberations,  beget  injustice  and  oppression 
towards  a  part  of  the  community,  and  engender 
schemes  which,  though  they  gratify  a  momentary 
inclination  or  desire,  terminate  in  general  distress, 
dissatisfaction,  and  disgust." 

The  only  other  notable  instance  of  a  federal 
second  chamber  is  the  Bundesrath  of  the  German 
Empire,  called  usually  by  English  newspapers  the 
Federal  Council.  This,  like  the  American  Senate, 
originated  historically  in  the  desire  to  embody 
within  a  federal  constitution  a  guarantee  and  ex- 
pression of  the  idea  of  State  independence.  At 
the  outset  there  is  a  sharp  distinction  between  the 
American  and  the  German  methods.  The  Senate 


FOREIGN    SECOND    CHAMBERS        45 

in  the  United  States  is  elected  by  elected  legisla- 
tures ;  the  Bundesrath  is  nominated  by  the  execu- 
tive governments  of  the  German  State.  It  is  a 
nominated  second  chamber.  Again,  it  makes  no 
attempt  to  establish  equality  among  the  States. 
They  are  represented  in  the  Bundesrath  by  num- 
bers of  members  proportionate  to  their  size  and 
population,  Prussia  having  seventeen  out  of  fifty- 
eight  members,  Bavaria  six,  Saxony  and  Wtirtem- 
berg  four  each,  Baden  and  Hesse  three,  Mecklen- 
burg and  Brunswick  two,  and  fourteen  other  States 
and  Free  Cities  one  apiece.  The  peculiarity  of 
the  Bundesrath  is  in  its  system  of  voting,  in 
which  no  other  chamber  resembles  it  at  all.  The 
American  Constitution  says,  needlessly  as  one 
would  think,  "  each  senator  shall  have  one  vote." 
In  the  Bundesrath  it  is  not  so.  A  single  member 
can  record  all  the  votes  to  which  his  State  is 
entitled,  if  his  State  colleagues  are  not  present. 
One  Prussian  member  can,  in  the  absence  of  the 
others,  record  all  the  seventeen  votes  of  the  seven- 
teen Prussian  members.  It  is  also  provided  that 
even  though  more  than  one  member  from  any 
State  is  present,  all  the  votes  of  that  State  must 
be  cast  on  the  same  side.  One  senator  from  an 
American  State  may  vote  contrary  to  the  vote  of 
his  colleague ;  but  in  the  Bundesrath  all  who  re- 
present any  one  State  must  vote  together.  In 
fact  they  are  mere  delegates,  ambassadors,  of  the 
governments  of  the  States  of  the  Empire.  They 


46      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

sit  in  secret.  They  sit,  not  in  sessions,  but  con- 
tinuously. Two-thirds  of  its  members  may  at  any 
time  demand  a  sitting.  Its  members  also  have 
the  right  to  sit  and  speak,  though  not  to  vote, 
in  the  lower  house.  So,  in  several  ways,  the 
Bundesrath  is  more  like  a  Council  of  State  than 
a  second  chamber,  but,  nevertheless,  it  has  all  the 
functions  of  a  second  chamber  in  legislation. 

Switzerland,  a  federal  union,  has  a  second  cham- 
ber which  is  hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  that 
of  the  United  States.  For  this  reason  it  is  not 
necessary  to  describe  it.  Nor  has  there  been  any 
mention  in  this  chapter  of  the  Balkan  and  South 
American  States,  though  these,  in  the  great 
majority  of  cases,  join  in  the  general  witness  to 
the  necessity  and  utility  of  the  double-chamber 
system. 


CHAPTER   IV 

ORIGIN  AND  COMPOSITION  OF  COLONIAL 
SECOND   CHAMBERS 

AMONG  the  second  chambers  of  foreign  countries, 
it  is  not  always  the  most  remarkable  that  are 
the  most  interesting  to  us.  The  American  Senate 
has  more  power  than  any  second  chamber  in  the 
world,  but  American  institutions  differ  so  widely 
from  our  own,  that,  in  spite  of  all  that  is  common 
to  the  history  of  both  countries  in  law  and 
custom,  the  interest  of  the  Senate  for  ourselves 
must  be  limited,  like  the  interest  of  a  man  in  a 
woman's  hat.  It  is  not  a  Senate  that  we  could 
ever  imagine  ourselves  "  wearing." 

But  the  French  Senate,  on  the  other  hand, 
might  be  adopted  in  England  to-morrow  without 
any  immediate  breach  with  the  traditional  working 
of  our  institutions.  The  Italian  Senate  we  might 
adopt  also.  It  is  likely,  of  course,  that  we  should 
soon  come  to  realise  the  consequences  of  having 
an  upper  chamber  as  strong  as  the  elected  Senate 
of  France,  or  as  weak  as  the  nominated  Senate  of 
Italy,  but  these  consequences  would  only  become 


48      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

visible  in  the  light  of  experience.  France  and 
Italy  have  constitutions  largely  modelled  upon 
our  own.  Each  has  a  second  chamber  which, 
under  possible  circumstances,  we  should  be  able 
to  imitate. 

In  this  lies  the  interest  which  attaches  to  their 
Senates,  but  when  we  turn  to  consider  the  second 
chambers  of  the  British  Dominions  overseas,  the 
interest  is  heightened.  In  the  case  of  these,  we 
see  communities  who  share  not  only  our  constitu- 
tional practice,  but  our  laws  and  political  instincts, 
who  have  systems  of  government  modelled  on  our 
own,  but  who,  because  our  House  of  Lords  is  not 
susceptible  of  direct  imitation,  have  been  driven 
to  invent  second  chambers  upon  such  principles 
as  they  or  the  British  Government  believed  at 
each  time  and  place  to  be  most  suitable;  and  in 
them  we  have  a  class  of  purely  British  experiments 
in  the  making  and  working  of  double-chamber 
government. 

If  one  is  to  imagine  that  at  the  time  of  the 
granting  of  Colonial  constitutions  any  difference 
of  opinion  arose  on  the  question  of  second  cham- 
bers between  the  Colonial  statesmen  and  the 
Ministers  in  London,  the  natural  supposition  would 
be  that  the  home  statesmen  took  the  more  con- 
servative view.  They  had  scrupulously  studied 
to  reproduce  all  the  features  of  the  British  Con- 
stitution for  Colonial  use.  They  were  setting  up  a 
Governor  to  undertake  the  part  of  limited  monarch 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      49 

and  a  Cabinet  to  be,  like  our  Cabinet,  responsible 
to  an  elected  lower  chamber,  and  responsible  not 
as  individuals  but  as  a  body  which  stands  and 
falls  together. 

They  were  making  counterparts  to  all  the  char- 
acteristic organs  of  the  home  government,  and 
yet,  as  is  most  remarkable,  it  was  in  some  cases 
only  at  the  urgent  desire  of  the  Colonies  them- 
selves that  a  second  chamber  was  introduced  into 
the  constitutions.  "I  now  consider,"  said  Lord 
Grey,  who  more  than  any  other  man  contributed 
to  shape  and  mould  the  Colonial  constitutions  of 
the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century,  "  that  it  is 
very  doubtful,  at  least,  whether  the  single  Legis- 
lature ought  not  under  any  circumstances  to  be 
preferred."  This  was  said  in  reference  to  the 
Australian  constitutions. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  Lord  Grey  did  not  favour 
single-chamber  constitutions  in  general,  but  the 
practical  difficulties  of  erecting  proper  second 
chambers  in  the  Colonies  affected  his  judgment 
strongly.  His  opinion  was  that  the  division  of 
the  Legislature  into  two  branches  withdrew  some 
of  the  most  able  and  intelligent  men  from  the 
lower  chamber,  a  result  which  was  not  to  be  desired 
"  in  a  community  not  numerous  enough  to  furnish 
more  than  a  few  persons  qualified  for  such  duties." 
In  the  alternative,  he  thought  that  the  upper 
chamber  might  be  composed  of  mere  party  men 
without  ability,  in  which  case  it  would  carry  little 


50      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

credit  and  exhibit  little  strength.  But  these  views 
were  not  to  prevail.  An  Act  of  Parliament,  passed 
in  1850,  handed  over  the  construction  of  the 
Australian  constitutions  to  the  Colonial  statesmen 
themselves ;  and  they,  adopting  in  the  first  flush 
of  their  liberty  an  opinion  which  their  successors 
have  never  changed,  set  up  the  double-chamber 
system.  It  is  curious  that  statesmen  born  and 
bred  among  English  traditions  should  thus  have 
lapsed  from  English  beliefs,  only  to  be  corrected 
by  the  inexperienced  but  practically-minded  con- 
stitution-makers of  the  antipodes. 

Speaking  generally,  the  statesmen  of  the  British 
Colonies  have  never  taken  enthusiastically  to  con- 
stitutional theorising.  The  Colonies  have  no  con- 
stitutional hymnology,  such  as  the  Americans 
have.  They  are  not  proud  of  their  constitutions, 
as  the  Americans  are  proud  of  theirs.  Indepen- 
dence, of  course,  is  prized,  equally  highly,  if  with 
less  demonstration  than  is  the  case  in  America. 
But  no  particular  constitutional  principle  has  ever 
appealed  to  the  Colonial  imagination  as  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  American  Constitution  have  fascinated 
the  patriots  of  the  United  States.  Not  theory 
nor  fervour,  but  practical  requirement  has  been 
the  underlying  motive  of  Colonial  constitution- 
making.  Of  this  the  most  recent  example  is  in 
the  unification  of  South  Africa,  and  the  con- 
struction of  a  new  constitution  for  its  particular 
purpose.  There  could  have  been  nothing  less 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      51 

fervid  in  spirit  or  more  practical  in  aim  than  the 
manner  and  method  of  South  African  unification. 
It  is  worth  while  to  remember  this  characteristic 
attitude  of  the  Colonial  mind  as  regards  constitu- 
tions, so  different  from  the  French  and  so  different 
from  the  American,  while  their  various  second 
chambers  are  examined  in  detail. 

Canada. — The  original  colony  of  Canada  was 
conquered  from  the  French  in  1760,  and  had  an 
exclusively  French  population.  It  was  governed 
by  a  British  Governor  assisted  by  a  Legislative 
Council.  This  Council  was  a  nominated  body, 
established  in  1774.  It  may  be  regarded  as  the 
ancestor  of  the  present  Canadian  Senate.  The 
following  were  the  changes  by  which  the  one  grew 
into  the  other. 

After  the  American  War  of  Independence  a 
large  number  of  loyalists  flocked  into  British 
territory,  thus  giving  Canada  a  British  as  well  as 
a  French  population.  The  latter  were  settled  in 
what  is  now  the  province  of  Quebec ;  the  former 
occupied  Ontario.  The  British  Government,  in 
1791,  in  order  to  prevent  the  clashing  of  nation- 
alities and  religions,  divided  the  colony  into  two 
provinces,  Upper  Canada,  which  was  British,  and 
Lower  Canada,  which  was  French.  Opportunity 
was  taken  of  this  change  to  set  up,  in  each  pro- 
vince, an  elected  lower  chamber,  in  addition  to 
the  Legislative  Council  which  had  existed  in  the 
united  colony  before  the  division  and  was  now 


52      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

reproduced  in  each  of  the  provinces.  Each  pro- 
vince, therefore,  had  a  double-chamber  legislature. 
But  they  had  not  responsible  government.  Con- 
flicts between  the  executive  and  the  legislature 
began  to  rage  after  the  fashion  of  the  Stuart 
times  in  England  and  eventually  ended  in  re- 
bellion in  1837.  After  this,  under  the  auspices  of 
Lord  Durham,  responsible  government  was  given, 
and  the  two  provinces  were  united. 

The  legislature  consisted  as  before  of  a  nominated 
upper  house  and  an  elected  lower  house.  And 
then  began  troubles  between  the  two  bouses.  To 
remedy  this,  in  1856,  it  was  decided  that  as  the 
nominated  members  of  the  second  chamber  died 
or  retired,  their  places  should  be  taken  by  elected 
members  until  there  should  be  a  fully-elected 
second  chamber  containing  twenty-four  repre- 
sentatives of  each  of  the  divisions  of  Canada — 
Ontario,  Quebec,  And  the  Maritime  Provinces. 
'The  electors  were  to  be  the  same  as  those  who 
voted  for  the  lower  chamber.  It  does  not  appear 
that  this  second  chamber  worked  with  the  lower 
chamber  any  more  smoothly  than  its  nominated 
predecessor.  But  in  1867  the  system  was  again 
changed.  Racial  and  religious  difficulties  had  led 
to  the  opinion  that  a  federal  system  alone  would 
quiet  the  storms  of  Canadian  politics.  So,  under 
the  British  North  America  Act,  the  Dominion 
of  Canada  was  brought  into  existence,  a  federal 
union,  to  be  enlarged  a  little  later  by  the  inclusion 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      53 

of  the  full  number  of  provinces  as  we  know  them 
to-day,  stretching  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific. 

There  are  two  types  of  federation.  The  con- 
stitution may  say  to  the  federal  government: 
"Here  are  your  rights  and  powers,  definitely 
enumerated  and  described,  and  all  other  powers 
and  rights  whatsoever  are  to  remain  with  the 
individual  States  as  before."  On  the  other  hand, 
the  constitution  may  say  to  the  federal  govern- 
ment :  "  Here  is  a  list  of  rights  and  powers  which 
are  specially  reserved  to  the  States ;  these  you 
must  not  encroach  upon ;  all  others,  of  every  sort, 
are  left  to  you  to  exercise."  The  federation  of 
the  United  States  is  of  the  first  of  these  types, 
and  the  federation  of  Canada  is  of  the  second. 

It  is  not  hard  to  see  why.     Federation  in  the 
United  States  was  wrung  from  a  body  of  jealous 
and    unwilling    States,   and   the   powers   of    the 
central    government   were  given  in   a   grudging 
spirit.     In    Canada,    on    the    contrary /  a    single  ^* 
government  was  broken  up  into  a  federation.)    If  £& 
anything  was  grudged  it  was  the  powers  allotted       ^ •* 
to  the   provinces.     The   central   government   re- 
mained, as  before,  invested  with  all  authority  that 
was  not  specifically  taken  away  and  given  to  the  ' 
provinces.     The  Senate  bears  the  marks  of  this 
spirit  in  which  the  constitution  was  framed.     It 
is  not,  like  the  American  Senate,  a  chamber  in   • 
which  all  provinces  have  an  equal  voice.     It  is 
not  intended  for  this  purpose  of  preserving  the 

c 


54      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

relics  of  State  independence.  Nor  is  it  like  the 
German  Bundesrath,  the  living  voice  of  the  State 
Governments  addressing  the  Government  of  the 
federation.  It  is  merely  an  upper  chamber  estab- 
lished for  the  sake  of  having  an  upper  chamber. 

But  it  is  clear  that  the  framers  of  the  Canadian 
constitution  did  not  take  this  view  completely. 
The  original  arrangement  was  that  the  Senate 
should  consist  of  seventy-two  members,  of  whom 
twenty-four  were  to  be  representatives  of  Ontario, 
twenty-four  of  Quebec,  and  twenty-four  of  the 
Maritime  Provinces.  As  thus  constituted,  the 
Senate  lasted  for  a  year  or  two.  It  looked  like  a 
distinct  attempt  to  embody  the  federal  principle 
in  the  Senate  on  the  American  model.  Yet  it 
was  not  really  so,  because  the  senators  were  not 
elected  by  their  Provinces,  nor  even  appointed 
by  their  Provincial  Governments.  They  were 
appointed  to  sit  for  life  by  the  Crown,  which  in 
practice  means  nomination  by  the  leader  of  the 
political  party  in  power  in  the  federal  government. 

Their  quality  of  provincial  representatives  ex- 
isted only  in  the  fact  that  they  were  electors  of 
the  Province  from  which  the  head  of  the  federal 
government  selected  them.  Supposing  that  there 
was  a  party  question  in  which  French  Quebec 
leaned  one  way,  and  British  Ontario  the  other,  it 
would  not  be  hard  for  a  Premier  with  French 
sympathies  to  appoint  senators  from  Ontario, 
whenever  vacancies  occurred,  who  would  express 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      55 

his  own  views  and  the  views  of  Quebec  rather 
than  those  of  the  Province  from  which  they  came. 
The  senators  of  Ontario  would  vote  contrary  to 
the  wishes  of  Ontario.  With  this  possibility 
within  the  working  of  the  constitution,  and  with 
the  actual  experience  of  its  having  occurred,  it 
cannot  be  said  that  the  Canadian  Senate  is  one  of 
those  second  chambers  that  serve  the  particular 
purposes  of  a  federation.  Furthermore,  the  idea 
of  State  equality  was  soon  abandoned.  Upon  the 
admission  of  new  Provinces  within  the  federation, 
each  of  these  was  assigned  a  number  of  senators 
in  proportion  to  the  population  of  the  Province. 

The  Senate  is  (at  this  date)  a  body  of  eighty- 
seven  members,  nominated  for  life  by  the  Governor-  q6  <* 
General  of  Canada  on  the  advice  of  his  Ministers. 
A  senator  must  be  thirty  years  of  age,  a  British 
subject,  a  resident  in  the  Province  for  which  he  is 
appointed,  and  he  must  possess  property  of  the 
value  of  £800  in  the  same  Province.  He  may 
resign  his  seat  at  any  time,  and  must  vacate  it  if 

(1)  he   is   absent   for   two   consecutive   sessions; 

(2)  becomes  subject  to  foreign  allegiance ;  (3)  is 
adjudged  bankrupt ;  (4)  is  convicted  of  treason  or 
felony ;  or  (5)  ceases  to  be  qualified. 

The  Canadian  Senate  is  not  among  the  strongest 
or  most  successful  of  second  chambers.  Stability 
of  government  has  many  advantages,  no  doubt, 
but  the  extraordinarily  long  tenure  of  office  en- 
joyed by  successive  political  parties  in  Canada  has 


56      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

not  worked  well  for  the  Senate.  Under  the  rule 
of  either  party  it  has  been  gradually  filled  with 
that  party's  nominees,  who  have  incurred  the  dis- 
credit and  contempt  which  must  always  attach 
to  a  partisan  politician  in  a  position  from  which 
public  opinion  cannot  dislodge  him.  Life  appoint- 
ments should  never  be  party  appointments,  if  pure 
theory  could  be  followed,  for  the  only  alleviation 
to  the  sting  of  an  opponent's  power  is  the  know- 
ledge that  public  opinion  may  some  day  remove 
him.  The  ideal  impartial  senator  would  be  the 
best  of  all  subjects  for  life  appointments,  since  no 
wave  of  popular  passion  would  affect  his  position ; 
but  life  appointments  are  not  always  suitable 
for  those  whom  popular  passion  has  borne  into 
power. 

Mr.  Goldwin  Smith,  a  severe  critic  of  the  Senate, 
writes :  "  Of  the  seventy-six  senators "  (as  there 
were  at  the  time  he  wrote)  "  all  but  nine  have 
now  been  nominated  by  a  single  party  leader  who 
has  exercised  his  power  for  a  party  purpose,  if  for 
no  narrower  object.  .  .  .  Money  spent  for  the 
party  in  election  contests  and  faithful  adherence 
to  the  person  of  its  chief,  especially  when  he  most 
needs  support  against  the  moral  sentiments  of  the 
public,  are  believed  to  be  the  surest  titles  to  a  seat 
in  the  Canadian  House  of  Lords." 

Sir  John  Macdonald,  for  many  years  Conserva- 
tive Prime  Minister,  only  appointed  one  Liberal 
to  the  Senate.  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier,  the  Liberal 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      57 

Prime  Minister  who  held  office  from  1897  till  1911, 
did  not  appoint  one  Conservative. 

Conflicts  between  the  Houses  in  Canada  are  of  very 
rare  occurrence ;  they  have  never  been  serious,  and 
they  have  excited  comparatively  little  interest  in 
Canada.  It  seems,  indeed,  as  if  the  Senate  at  no  time 
bulks  very  large  in  'the  Canadian  imagination.  But 
if  this  be  so,  if  the  Canadian  Senate  is  to  be  regarded 
as  one  of  the  weakest  and  least  effective  and  least 
respected  of  second  chambers,  there  is  a  plain 
lesson  to  be  drawn.  That  Senate  expresses  no 
clear  principle  in  the  national  life.  It  does  not, 
like  the  House  of  Lords,  stand  for  a  distinct  ele- 
ment in  the  life  of  the  people,  intelligible  alike  to 
its  friends  and  its  foes,  and  buttressed  by  the 
traditions  of  a  thousand  years.  It  does  not,  like 
the  American  Senate,  express  the  still  living  idea 
of  State  rights.  It  does  not,  like  the  French 
Senate,  express  in  a  refined  and  dignified  form  the 
more  considerate  choice  of  the  democracy.  Nor 
is  it,  as  its  own  principles  would  have  it  be,  an 
assembly  of  specially  distinguished  Canadians. 
So  it  stands  to  show  that  a  second  chamber  is  not 
to  be  constructed  with  a  light  heart ;  but,  to  be 
successful,  must  embody  some  principle  which  is 
understood,  respected,  and  permanent  in  the  ideas 
of  the  people  it  is  to  serve. 

Australia. — The  political  history  of  Australia 
begins  in  what  is  now  the  State  of  New  South 
Wales,  which  was  settled  as  a  penal  Colony  in 


58      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

1787.  After  1821  a  free  population  was  gradually 
admitted  to  dwell  side  by  side  with  the  convicts, 
until,  with  the  growth  of  the  numbers  of  the  free 
and  with  the  natural  growth  of  their  prejudices, 
the  supply  of  convicts  was  stopped,  and  New  South 
Wales  attained  the  dignity  of  a  Colony  such  as 
Upper  or  Lower  Canada.  This  was  in  1840.  Two 
years  later  the  beginnings  of  representative  insti- 
tutions were  set  up.  A  Legislative  Council  was 
established,  of  which  twelve  members  were  nomi- 
nated by  the  Governor  and  twenty-four  were 
elected  by  the  Colony.  The  result  was  the  usual 
conflict  that  arises  in  all  British  communities 
where  the  executive  and  legislative  powers  are 
separated ;  disputes  and  mutual  dissatisfaction 
arose  between  the  Governor's  Ministry  and  the 
partly-elective  Council  which  had  no  control  over 
it.  In  1850,  therefore,  an  Act  of  the  Imperial 
Parliament  gave  power  to  New  South  Wales  and 
the  other  Colonies  which  had  spread  over  Australia 
as  offshoots  of  New  South  Wales,  to  frame  consti- 
tutions for  themselves.  This  implied,  of  course, 
the  gift  of  responsible  government  by  Cabinets  con- 
trolled in  the  English  way  by  legislative  chambers. 
As  has  been  explained,  the  gift  was  accompanied 
by  advice.  The  Colonies  were  advised  not  to 
attempt  the  difficult  task  of  establishing  second 
chambers,  and  in  every  case  they  ignored  the 
advice  and  adhered  to  the  traditions  of  the  British 
Constitution. 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      59 

In  New  South  Wales  the  second  chamber  or 
Legislative  Council  consists  of  a  number,  not  less 
than  twenty-one,  of  persons  nominated  by  the 
Governor  on  the  advice  of  the  Cabinet.  Unlike 
most  other  British  Colonies,  there  is  no  limit  to 
the  number  of  appointments  that  may  be  made. 
The  swamping  of  majorities,  accordingly,  is  a  weapon 
in  the  hands  of  the  Minister  who  controls  the 
nominations.  At  one  time  when  this  formidable 
power  was  exercised  it  was  followed  by  a  rebuke 
from  the  Home  Government ;  but  in  latter  years 
the  practice  came  to  be  recognised  as  a  proper 
expedient  in  case  of  serious  differences  between 
the  two  chambers. 

Queensland  possesses  a  second  chamber  on  the 
model  of  that  of  New  South  Wales,  nominated 
and  unlimited  in  numbers.  In  South  Australia 
the  second  chamber  consists  of  a  limited  number 
of  eighteen  members  elected  for  six  years  by  voters 
who  have  a  fairly  high  property  qualification. 
Half  the  members  retire  every  three  years  and 
cannot  be  re-elected.  In  Tasmania  the  composi- 
tion of  the  second  chamber  somewhat  resembles 
that  of  South  Australia;  so  also  does  that  of 
Western  Australia,  though  here  the  membership 
numbers  thirty.  In  Victoria  the  second  chamber 
consists  of  thirty-four  elected  members,  of  whom 
half  retire  every  three  years,  and  whose  election 
depends  upon  voters  with  a  property  qualification 
of  £10  a  year  in  freehold  land  or  £15  in  leasehold, 


60      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

or  with  a  university  degree  or  one  of  some  few 
other  personal  qualifications. 

In  the  period  between  1890  and  1900  the  states- 
men of  the  Australian  Colonies  were  engaged 
upon  the  problem  of  federation.  Their  task  was  to 
devise  a  federal  Constitution  which  should  satisfy 
two  requirements;  it  was  to  be  a  Constitution 
workable  and  durable  in  itself;  it  was  also  to  be  a 
Constitution  which  each  of  the  six  Colonies  would 
accept.  The  result  of  their  labours  appeared  in 
the  Act  of  the  Imperial  Parliament,  constituting 
the  federated  Commonwealth  of  Australia.  This 
received  the  assent  of  Queen  Victoria,  in  one  of 
the  last  working  days  of  her  life,  accompanied  by 
the  prayer  that  "  the  inauguration  of  the  Common* 
wealth  may  ensure  the  increased  prosperity  and 
well-being  of  my  loyal  and  beloved  subjects  in 
Australia."  For  our  present  purposes  the  most 
notable  feature  of  the  Commonwealth  Constitution 
is  the  Senate  which  it  set  up.  Between  the  upper 
and  lower  houses  of  the  Colonial  Legislatures  of 
Australia,  the  disputes  and  friction  had  been  fre- 
quent. In  the  minds  of  those  who  framed  the 
Constitution,  themselves  the  champions  of  many 
a  conflict  against  Colonial  second  chambers,  im- 
bued also  with  more  advanced  democratic  ideas 
than  the  framers  of  any  other  Constitution  save 
those  of  the  French  Revolution,  the  value  and 
necessity  of  a  second  chamber  in  the  federal  Par- 
liament appears  nevertheless  to  have  assumed  the 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      61 

first  rank  of  importance.  It  has  already  been  ob- 
served that  Colonial  statesmen  have  been  actuated 
by  very  practical  ideas  in  their  constitution-making. 
The  theories  of  democracy  have  not  led  them  out 
of  the  path  of  business,  and,  even  in  the  atmos- 
phere of  advanced  democracy  in  Australia,  the 
Senate  of  the  federal  Constitution  was  devised 
with  peculiar  care  and  invested  with  remarkable 
authority. 

One  thing  favoured  the  Australian  Senate  from 
the  outset ;  it  was  plainly  invested  with  the  attri- 
butes of  a  federal  House.  Like  the  States  of  the 
American  Union,  and  unlike  the  Provinces  of 
Canada,  the  States  of  Australia  remained  sove- 
reign, except  for  the  rights  and  powers  which  were 
specially  conferred  on  the  Federal  Government. 
The  greatest  care  was  taken  to  preserve  their 
independent  and  separate  existence.  In  Canada, 
for  instance,  the  Provinces  are  so  far  submerged 
below  the  central  government  that  their  Governors 
are  appointed  by  it.  But  in  Australia  the  State 
Governors  are  appointed  from  England.  The 
dignity  and  authority  of  the  States  was  guarded 
by  every  available  means,  and,  with  this  intention 
before  them,  it  was  easy  for  the  Australian  states- 
men to  find  an  intelligible  and  permanent  principle 
upon  which  to  found  their  Senate. 

The  Senate  represents  the  States.  It  consists  of 
thirty-six  members,  six  from  each  of  the  six  States 
of  the  Commonwealth.  It  is  provided  in  the  Con- 


62      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

stitution  that  this  number  may  be  increased  or 
diminished,  but  always  so  that  the  equal  repre- 
sentation of  the  six  original  States  shall  be  main- 
tained, and  so  that  no  original  State  shall  have 
fewer  than  six  senators.  It  is  also  provided,  not 
only  for  the  Senate  but  for  the  lower  house  as 
well,  that  no  alteration  diminishing  the  propor- 
tionate representation  of  any  State  shall  become 
law  unless  approved  by  the  majority  of  the  electors 
voting  in  that  State.  So  the  Senate  stands  as  a 
guarantee  of  the  bargain  between  the  federating 
States,  great  and  small,  a  perpetual  safeguard  of 
the  lesser  States  against  the  greater  and  more 
populous.  Here  is  a  principle  that  cannot  fail  to 
be  understood  and  treated  with  reverence. 

Senators  are  elected  for  six  years,  half  their 
number  retiring  every  three  years.  They  are,  as 
the  Constitution  says,  "  directly  chosen  by  the 
people  of  the  State,  voting,  until  the  Parliament 
otherwise  provides,  as  one  electorate."  This 
provision  is  peculiar  and  important.  It  means 
that  every  voter  has  as  many  votes  as  there  are 
vacancies  to  be  filled,  and  a  bare  majority  of  the 
voters  can  return  the  whole  batch  of  the  senators 
for  their  State. 

Since  they  are  the  same  persons  as  those 
who  vote  for  the  lower  house,  and  since  anyone 
eligible  for  membership  of  one  house  is  eligible 
also  for  the  other,  the  result  has  been  unusual. 
The  Senate  has  come  to  represent  in  overwhelm- 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      63 

ing  majorities  what  the  people  may  feel  only  in 
small  majorities.  One  State,  voting  by  con- 
stituencies, may  return  to  the  lower  house  a 
number  of  members  of  various  parties.  But  the 
same  State,  voting  as  a  single  constituency  for  the 
Senate,  usually  returns  none  but  members  of  the 
party  which  has  a  majority  in  the  State  as  a  whole. 
The  consequence  of  this  system  has  not  infre- 
quently been  that  the  Senate  is  less  conservative 
than  the  lower  house.  In  the  United  Kingdom 
a  similar  arrangement  might  result  in  a  Senate 
composed  of  twenty-five  English  Unionists,  twenty- 
five  Scottish  Liberals,  twenty-five  Welsh  Liberals, 
and  twenty-five  Irish  Nationalists. 

The  importance  which  Australians  attach  to 
the  composition  of  the  Senate  may  be  seen  in 
the  elaborate  arrangements  made  for  the  filling  of 
accidental  vacancies.  Should  one  of  these  occur 
while  the  State  Parliament  is  sitting,  the  Houses 
of  Parliament  of  the  State  "  shall,  sitting  and 
voting  together,  choose  a  person  to  hold  the  place 
until  the  expiration  of  the  term,  or  until  the  elec- 
tion of  a  successor,  whichever  shall  first  happen." 
If  the  State  Parliament  is  not  in  session,  "  the 
Governor  of  the  State,  with  the  advice  of  the 
Executive  Council  thereof,  may  appoint  a  person 
to  hold  a  place  until  fourteen  days  after  the  be- 
ginning of  the  next  session  of  the  Parliament  of 
the  State,  or  until  the  election  of  a  successor, 
whichever  first  happens.  At  the  next  election  of 


64      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

members  of  the  House  of  Representatives  or  at 
the  next  election  of  senators  for  the  State,  which- 
ever first  happens,  a  successor  shall,  if  the  term 
has  not  then  expired,  be  chosen  to  hold  the  place 
from  the  date  of  his  election  until  the  expiration 
of  the  term." 

These  minute  provisions  for  all  conceivable  con- 
tingencies are  most  instructive.  They  bear  witness 
to  the  extreme  importance  of  the  second  chamber 
in  the  eyes  of  the  framers  of  the  Constitution,  but 
they  do  more.  It  cannot  be  imagined  that  such 
care  would  be  taken  with  regard  to  vacancies  in 
the  Canadian  Senate.  Even  if  we  suppose  some 
circumstance  under  which  the  new  appointment  in 
Canada  was  seriously  delayed,  it  cannot  be  thought 
that  anyone  would  be  greatly  perturbed.  The 
reason  is  in  the  unfortunate  artificiality  of  the 
Canadian  Senate,  which  stands  for  no  clear  prin- 
ciple. Take  away  a  single  member  from  the  Senate 
of  Australia,  and,  at  the  very  next  division  in  the 
lobbies  of  that  House,  you  have  infringed  the 
great  principle  of  State  equality.  There  is  some 
State  with  only  five  representatives  against  the 
six  who  represent  each  of  the  other  States.  This 
is  a  serious  matter.  It  is  as  the  expression  of  a 
serious  principle  that  the  Australian  Senate  has 
achieved  that  authority  which  the  framers  of  the 
Constitution  desired  to  confer  upon  it. 

New  Zealand  has  a  second  chamber — the  Legis- 
lative Council — of  members  nominated  for  seven 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      65 

years  (excepting  those  summoned  before  1891, 
who  are  life -members).  The  number  is  not 
limited.  A  majority  can  be  swamped  by  fresh 
appointments  at  the  will  of  the  Executive  Govern- 
ment. 

South  Africa. — Before  the  unification  of  South 
Africa  in  1910,  there  were  four  Colonies  with 
separate  governments,  and  in  each  there  was  a 
second  chamber.  These  have  been  swept  away 
by  the  Union.  The  old  Colonies  have  been  re- 
duced to  a  position  far  lower  than  that  of  the 
Australian  States,  lower  also  than  that  of  the 
Canadian  Provinces,  and  retain  little  more  of 
their  old  authority  than  belongs,  in  England,  to- 
a  county  council.  Nevertheless,  it  is  well  to 
recall  the  fact  that,  in  their  days  of  independence, 
they  were  no  exceptions  to  the  double-chamber 
rule. 

Cape  Colony  had  a  second  chamber  of  twenty- 
six  members  elected  for  seven  years  by  the  voters 
who  elected  the  lower  house.  The  Chief  Justice 
of  the  Colony  presided  over  it.  Natal  had  a 
nominated  second  chamber  of  thirteen  members, 
sitting  for  ten  years.  Both  the  Transvaal  and 
Orange  River  Colony  had  second  chambers,  the 
former  of  fifteen  and  the  latter  of  eleven  members, 
who  were  nominated  for  a  period  of  five  years. 
It  was  provided  that  nomination  should  ulti- 
mately be  superseded  by  election,  but  the  change 
did  not  take  place,  for  the  Union  entirely  de- 


66      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

stroyed  all  the  constitutions  of  the  four  Colonies 
and  started  South  Africa  on  a  new  course. 

Neither  the  Canadian  nor  the  Australian  Senate 
was  copied  in  South  Africa,  but,  as  it  would  at 
first  sight  appear,  the  American.  Eight  senators 
are  elected  by  the  Legislatures  of  each  of  the  four 
Provinces.  To  these  are  added  eight  nominees  of 
the  Central  Executive,  of  whom  four  are  to  be 
selected  "  on  the  ground  mainly  of  their  thorough 
acquaintance,  by  reason  of  their  official  experience 
or  otherwise,  with  the  reasonable  wants  and  wishes 
of  the  coloured  races  in  South  Africa."  This  pro- 
vision has,  of  course,  a  purely  local  significance. 
The  peculiarity  of  the  South  African  Senate  as 
.a  whole  is  that  it  is  no  more  than  a  temporary 
makeshift.  The  members  elected  from  the  Pro- 
vinces were  elected,  not  by  the  Provincial  Councils 
set  up  under  the  Constitution,  but  by  the  old 
Legislatures  of  the  old  Colonies  that  were  swept 
away.  They  will  sit  for  ten  years,  at  the  end  of 
which  time  there  will  be  no  person  or  persons 
entitled  to  choose  their  successors.  This  curious 
arrangement  was  no  accident.  The  creation  of 
the  new  Senate  to  replace  that  which  expires  after 
ten  years  was  left,  by  the  Constitution,  to  the 
South  African  Parliament  itself.  It  may  devise 
any  kind  of  Senate  that  it  likes.  It  may,  if  it 
prefers,  perpetuate  the  existing  arrangement,  in 
which  case  the  Provincial  Councils  are  to  elect 
senators.  Here  is  a  plain  indication  that  the 


COLONIAL    SECOND    CHAMBERS      67 

federal  element  in  the  South  African  Constitution, 
such  as  it  is,  is  not  intended  to  be  permanent. 
It  is  embodied  in  the  Senate  for  ten  years  only, 
and  may  afterwards  be  abandoned.  The  Union 
Parliament  has  the  right  to  set  up  whatever 
Senate  it  pleases,  but  it  does  not  appear  that  it 
was  given  or  that  it  desired  the  right  to  dispense 
with  a  Senate  altogether. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  points  in  connection 
with  South  African  Senates  is  that  in  two  cases, 
in  the  cases  of  the  now  abolished  constitutions  of 
the  Transvaal  and  the  Orange  River  Colony,  the 
second  chambers  were  the  handiwork  of  that  party 
in  British  politics  which  does  not  show  devotion 
tot;  the  double-chamber  principle  in  the  United 
Kingdom.  In  drafting  a  workable  constitution 
for  two  colonies,  however,  they  set  up  second 
chambers  with  no  inconsiderable  powers. 


^ 


CHAPTER   V 

THE  POWERS  OF  SECOND  CHAMBERS  AND  THE 
PROVISIONS  FOR  AVOIDING  PARLIAMENTARY 
DEADLOCKS 

UP  to  the  time  of  the  passing  of  the  Parliament 
Act  of  1911,  the  legal  powers  of  the  two  chambers 
of  the  British  Parliament  were,  with  one  excep- 
tion, the  same.  In  strict  accuracy  it  would  be 
necessary  to  admit  that  a  number  of  minor  dis- 
tinctions existed  between  the  two  Houses,  of 
which  some  were  in  favour  of  the  authority  of 
the  Commons,  some  in  favour  of  the  upper 
chamber.  Thus,  while  the  Commons  may  com- 
mit a  person  to  prison  until  the  end  of  the  session, 
the  Lords  may  commit  for  an  indefinite  period. 
Bills  affecting  the  peerage,  to  take  another  in- 
stance, must  originate  in  the  House  of  Lords. 
But  these  and  other  points  were  of  minor  im- 
portance. They  did  not  affect  the  broad  legal 
equality  of  the  two  chambers.  The  one  excep- 
tion of  real  consequence  was  in  respect  of  the 
power  of  the  Houses  over  Money  Bills,  which 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     69 

must  originate  in  the  Commons  and  might  be 
rejected,  but  not  amended,  in  the  Lords. 

For  the  settlement  of  differences  between  the 
two  Houses  the  provision  was  meagre.  It  con- 
sisted of  certain  customs,  mostly  ceremonial  in 
character,  to  regulate  the  conduct  of  Conferences 
between  delegates  appointed  by  each  House.  Two 
hundred  years  ago  these  Conferences  were  of  fre- 
quent occurrence  and  often  fruitful  of  result,  but 
of  late  years  they  had  been  superseded  by  an 
informal  system  of  private  negotiation  between 
the  leaders  of  parties  in  the  two  Houses,  and  by  a 
complete  change  in  the  practical  view  taken  by 
each  House  as  to  its  own  powers. 

The  law  of  the  Constitution  had  not  changed, 
but  the  custom  had  changed  profoundly.  The 
two  Houses,  theoretically  equal,  had  accommo- 
dated themselves  to  the  advance  of  democratic 
ideas.  The  Commons  had  waxed  and  the  Lords 
had  waned.  The  Commons  had  won  complete 
control  over  the  Executive,  so  that  their  hostile 
vote  came  to  be  regarded  as  the  death-warrant 
of  ministries,  and  their  decision,  after  a  general 
election,  as  the  unquestioned  and  unquestionable 
pronouncement  of  the  will  of  the  people  upon 
such  matters  as  had  been  before  the  country  in 
the  election.  Here,  in  fact,  we  see  the  constitu- 
tional method  of  settling  differences  between  the 
two  Houses.  To  the  decision  of  a  newly-elected 
House  of  Commons,  the  House  of  Lords  offered 


70      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

no  resistance  in  respect  of  a  Bill  which  they  had 
previously  rejected,  but  which  the  country  in  the 
election  had  approved. 

There  are  cases  of  both  sorts.  In  1893  the 
House  of  Lords  rejected  the  second  Home  Kule 
Bill.  The  Commons  had  passed  it.  A  difference 
therefore  existed  between  the  two  Houses,  and  it 
was  settled  by  the  general  election  of  1895,  in 
which  the  country  returned  a  new  House  of 
Commons  opposed  to  the  Bill.  So  the  Houses 
were  again  in  agreement  on  the  question,  both 
being  hostile  to  the  Bill,  and  the  deadlock,  if  such 
it  can  be  called,  was  settled  by  the  decision  of  the 
electorate.  Again,  in  1909,  the  House  of  Lords 
rejected  the  Budget  which  the  Commons  had 
passed.  In  the  general  election  that  followed 
the  country  again  returned  a  House  of  Commons 
that  supported  the  Budget.  The  Lords  therefore 
yielded,  and  the  deadlock  was  removed  again.  In 
this  case  it  should  be  noted  that  the  terms  in 
which  the  Lords  had  refused  to  pass  the  Budget 
expressly  denned  the  method  of  settlement  which 
they  foresaw,  desired,  and  were  ready  to  accept. 
They  refused  to  pass  the  Budget  until  it  had  been 
"  referred  to  the  judgment  of  the  country." 

The  Parliament  Act  of  1911  greatly  altered 
these  parts  of  our  Constitution.  It  removed  from 
the  House  of  Lords  the  power  to  reject  Money 
Bills.  It  transferred  from  the  electorate  to  the 
House  of  Commons  the  right  of  deciding  upon 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     71 

the  differences  between  the  two  Houses.  Where 
the  Houses  differ,  the  will  of  the  Commons  would 
prevail  after  an  interval  of  two  years,  and  no 
provision  was  left  either  in  law  or  in  practical 
necessity  for  a  reference  to  the  electorate  in  any 
shape  or  form.  Thus  the  second  chamber  might 
amend  or  reject  any  legislation  except  Money 
Bills ;  and  for  the  settlement  of  the  differences  of 
the  Houses  an  automatic  process  was  introduced 
by  which  the  voice  of  the  Commons  would  pre- 
vail after  an  interval  of  two  years.  It  need 
scarcely  be  added  that  the  voice  of  the  Commons 
was  not  to  prevail  if  its  opinion  should  change 
during  the  interval ;  nor  was  the  interval  to  be  so 
long  as  two  years  if  the  Lords  should  surrender  in 
the  meantime. 

The  wisdom  or  unwisdom  of  this  arrangement 
will  not  be  discussed  in  this  chapter,  which  will 
be  merely  descriptive  of  fact.  But  the  reader  will 
bear  in  mind  these  provisions  while  he  proceeds  to 
consider  the  arrangements  which  other  countries 
and  colonies  have  adopted  in  respect  of  similar 
eventualities. 

It  will  be  found  that  there  are  three  general 
methods  of  settling  the  differences  between  two 
chambers.  These  are : 

(1)  The  method  known  as  "  swamping  " ; 

(2)  A  joint  sitting  of  the  two  chambers ; 

(3)  A  reference  to  the  electorate. 

Of  these  three,  the  first  sets  up  those  already  in 


72      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

office  as  judges  between  the  two  chambers,  the 
second  gives  the  victory  to  the  preponderating 
opinion  within  the  Parliament  itself,  and  the  third 
is  an  appeal  from  Parliament  to  people.  With 
regard  to  swamping,  which  signifies  the  con- 
version of  the  minority  in  the  second  chamber 
into  a  majority,  by  Government  action,  we  should 
observe  that  this  has  always  been  a  physical 
possibility  in  the  case  of  the  House  of  Lords. 

On  one  occasion  it  was  actually  employed. 
This  was  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Anne,  at  a  time 
when  the  failure  of  the  Queen's  progeny  had 
made  it  obvious  that  her  death  would  shortly 
bring  about  a  serious  crisis.  The  Crown  would 
either  pass  to  the  House  of  Hanover  or  revert  to 
the  heirs  of  the  Stuart  kings.  It  was  not  only  a 
dynastic  crisis,  but  a  parting  of  the  ways  for 
British  policy  as  a  whole.  Each  dynasty  repre- 
sented a  body  of  opinion  and  policy  that  affected 
the  whole  area  of  national  life.  The  success  of 
either  would  have  been  a  kind  of  revolution.  The 
times  should,  therefore,  be  considered  as  distinctly 
revolutionary  and  abnormal,  and  the  methods 
used  by  the  party  that  favoured  the  House  of 
Stuart  were  extra-constitutional  in  more  ways 
than  one.  In  the  course  of  their  endeavours  they 
were  planning  to  act  in  disobedience  to  the  Act  of 
Parliament  which  had  already  conferred  the  suc- 
cession to  the  Crown  on  the  House  of  Hanover. 

Statesmen  who  were  ready  for  so  bold  a  step  were 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     73 

not  likely  to  hesitate  before  another.  They  had 
no  majority  in  the  House  of  Lords.  The  welfare 
of  their  general  projects  and  their  dangerous 
schemes  made  such  a  convenience  very  desirable 
for  them,  and,  to  the  scandalisation  of  their 
opponents  they  furnished  it  for  themselves.  On 
the  31st  December  1711  they  induced  the  Queen 
to  create  twelve  peers  to  "swamp"  the  existing 
majority  of  the  House  of  Lords.  This,  at  the 
time,  was  regarded  as  unconstitutional,  and  an 
attempt  was  shortly  made  to  ensure  by  legislation 
that  it  should  never  occur  again.  By  this  time, 
however,  the  condition  of  public  affairs  was  quieter, 
the  fear  of  revolutionary  methods  was  less  acute, 
and  the  Bill  for  preventing  the  sudden  creation  of 
batches  of  peers  did  not  pass  through  Parliament. 
Swamping  remained  a  legal  possibility.  It  was 
threatened  at  the  time  of  the  Reform  Bill  of 
1832  by  Lord  Grey,  though  his  colleague,  Lord 
Brougham,  subsequently  stated  that  the  threat 
would  not  have  been  carried  into  effect.  It  may 
be  observed  that  the  unconstitutionality  of  swamp- 
ing has  come,  at  different  epochs,  from  different 
principles.  In  the  time  of  Queen  Anne  the  swamp- 
ing was  unconstitutional  because  the  two  Houses- 
were  really  supposed  to  have  an  equal  and  supreme 
authority.  To  overrule  the  majority  of  either 
House  was  an  act  of  violence  by  the  Executive 
against  the  Legislature.  By  the  end  of  the  reign 
of  Queen  Victoria  a  different  principle  was  estab- 


74      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

lished.  A  serious  difference  between  the  two 
Houses,  by  that  time,  was  held  to  necessitate  a 
decision  by  a  general  election.  So  swamping 
became  an  act  of  violence  not  so  much  against 
Parliament  as  against  the  electorate,  for  it  settled 
the  question  without  giving  the  electorate  a  voice. 

With  regard  to  the  joint  sittings  which  are  used 
in  some  cases  to  settle  the  differences  of  two 
chambers,  it  should  be  noted  that  their  signifi- 
cance depends  very  much  on  the  relative  size  of 
the  two  chambers  in  question.  Where  a  lower 
chamber  is  much  larger  than  an  upper  chamber, 
a  joint  sitting  gives  it  an  advantage,  for  its  majority 
will  usually  tend  to  be  a  larger  body  than  the 
majority  of  the  smaller  chamber.  It  is,  however, 
a  rough  and  ready,  easy,  and  very  speedy  method 
of  settlement. 

References  to  the  electorate  take  various  forms. 
They  may  proceed  by  dissolution  of  one  or  other 
of  the  chambers  at  variance,  or,  indeed,  by  the 
simultaneous  dissolution  of  both.  A  general  elec- 
tion is  a  reference  by  dissolution  of  the  lower 
chamber.  A  further  and  very  notable  method  of 
settlement  is  by  the  direct  submission  of  the 
question  of  difference  to  be  decided  on  voting 
papers  by  the  electorate  over  the  heads  of  both 
chambers.  This  method,  the  Referendum,  or 
Poll  of  the  People,  as  adopted  in  Switzerland, 
Australia,  and  elsewhere,  will  be  dealt  with  in 
another  chapter. 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     75 

The  following  is  a  list  of  countries  in  which 
the  majority  of  the  second  chamber  can  be 
swamped. 

Italy. — The  Italian  Constitution  gives  to  the 
Senate  equal  legislative  powers  with  the  lower 
chamber.  Either  chamber  may  initiate  legisla- 
tion. Money  Bills  must  originate  in  the  lower 
chamber,  but  the  Senate  has  the  right  to  amend 
or  to  reject  them.  All  legislation  requires  the 
consent  of  the  Senate  as  well  as  of  the  lower 
house.  By  decree  of  the  King  the  Senate  may 
be  constituted  a  High  Court  of  Justice  to  try 
crimes  of  high  treason  and  attempts  upon  the 
safety  of  the  State,  and  to  try  Ministers  impeached 
by  the  lower  chamber.  The  Senate  is  nominated 
by  the  Executive,  and,  upon  occasion,  the  Execu- 
tive can  and  does  create  a  majority  for  itself  and 
for  the  lower  chamber  by  means  of  a  batch  of  new 
nominations. 

Hungary.  —  All  Bills,  including  Money  Bills, 
must  pass  the  second  chamber.  The  second 
chamber  has  power  to  reject  or  amend  all  Bills, 
including  Money  Bills.  It  may  initiate  legislation, 
but  in  practice  it  does  not  make  use  of  this  power. 
Practice  also  has  modified  its  rights  in  respect  of 
Money  Bills,  the  imitation  of  England  having  led 
to  a  general  belief  that  interference  with  a  Money 
Bill  by  the  second  chamber  would  be  unparlia- 
mentary. Though  largely  composed  of  hereditary 
members  it  has  a  nominated  element,  and  the 


76      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Government,  by  fresh  nominations,  could,  and  has, 
threatened  to  swamp  the  majority. 

Prussia. — The  consent  of  the  second  chamber  is 
necessary  to  all  legislation.  The  second  chamber 
may  initiate  all  legislation  except  Money  Bills. 
It  can  reject,  but  not  amend,  Money  Bills.  But 
in  practice  these  powers  are  useless,  not  against 
the  lower  house,  but  against  the  King  who  domi- 
nates both  houses.  Ministers  are  not  responsible 
to  the  lower  house,  but  to  the  King,  in  practice  as 
well  as  in  theory.  The  importance  of  the  Parlia- 
ment is,  therefore,  not  very  great.  In  certain 
cases,  the  King  has  swamped  the  second  chamber 
by  an  increase  in  the  nominated  element. 

New  South  Wales. — The  second  chamber,  which 
is  nominated  by  the  Government,  cannot  initiate 
or  amend  Money  Bills,  but  may  reject  them.  In 
the  case  of  other  legislation  it  may  initiate  any 
Bill,  and  all  Bills  require  its  consent.  It  may  be, 
and  has  been,  swamped  by  fresh  nominations  by 
the  Government  of  the  day. 

New  Zealand. — All  Bills  must  pass  the  second 
chamber,  but  the  Home  Government  has  expressed 
the  legal  opinion  that  its  powers  in  respect  of 
Money  Bills  are  not  on  an  equality  with  those  of 
the  lower  chamber.  In  cases  of  difference  with 
the  House  of  Representatives,  the  Executive  can 
and  does  swamp  the  majority  of  the  Legislative 
Council,  which  is  a  nominated  body,  by  means  of 
fresh  nominations.  In  this  case,  as  in  other  cases 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     77 

where  the  swamping  of  Colonial  second  chambers 
is  possible,  regard  should  be  had  to  an  opinion 
expressed  by  Lord  Carnarvon  as  Secretary  of  State 
for  the  Colonies  in  1874.  It  is  an  opinion  likely 
to  weigh  with  any  Governor  when  approached  by 
his  ministers  with  a  request  for  a  batch  of  swamp- 
ing nominations.  Lord  Carnarvon  wrote : 

"  In  a  colony  such  as  ...  the  tendency  to 
introduce  a  large  addition  to  the  number  of  the 
Legislative  Council  (the  second  chamber)  will  from 
time  to  time  make  itself  felt.  But  if  the  balance 
of  constitutional  power  is  not  to  be  more  than  a 
mere  theory,  it  is  clear  that  such  a  tendency 
cannot  be  encouraged  to  take  its  full  course.  It 
is  prudent  to  avoid  such  an  increase  in  the  number 
of  the  Legislative  Council  as  may  give  a  temporary 
advantage  to  one  party,  thereby  altering  the  con- 
stitutional character  and  functions  of  the  legis- 
lative body,  weakening  its  general  influence,  and 
possibly,  if  not  provoking  reprisals  at  some  future 
day,  at  least  encouraging  a  practice  which,  the 
more  it  is  indulged,  the  less  easy  will  it  be  to 
restrain." 

The  following  is  a  list  of  countries  in  which 
differences  between  the  two  chambers  are  settled 
by  joint  sittings. 

South  Africa.  —  The  second  chamber  of  the 
South  African  Union  has  power  to  reject  or  amend 
all  Bills  except  Money  Bills.  It  can  reject  Money 


78      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Bills,  but  cannot  initiate  or  amend  them.  All 
Bills  must  be  submitted  to  the  second  chamber. 
In  case  of  disagreement  between  the  two  chambers, 
if  the  Bill  is  a  Money  Bill,  a  joint  sitting  of  the 
two  chambers  is  held  at  once  and  a  vote  is  taken. 
This  vote  decides  the  question.  In  case  of  dis- 
agreement, where  the  Bill  is  not  a  Money  Bill,  the 
joint  sitting  is  not  held  until  the  Bill  has  been 
twice  passed  by  the  lower  chamber. 

Kingdom  of  Wurtemberg. — The  second  chamber 
has  equal  powers  with  the  lower  chamber.  In 
respect  of  Money  Bills,  a  disagreement  is  settled, 
not  actually  by  a  joint  sitting,  but  by  an  addition 
of  the  votes  cast  for  and  against  in  the  two  cham- 
bers. This  provides  a  solution,  but  has  not  the 
advantages  of  the  joint  sitting,  for  there  is  no 
opportunity  for  debate  and  concessions  between 
the  two  chambers. 

Grand  Ducky  of  Baden. — The  second  chamber 
has  the  same  powers  as  in  Wtirtemberg.  Differ- 
ences upon  Money  Bills  are  settled  in  the  same 
manner. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  countries  in  which,  in 
one  form  or  another,  the  settlement  of  differences 
between  the  two  chambers  is  entrusted  to  the 
electorate;  or,  alternatively,  in  which  the  electo- 
rate is  given  a  chance  of  deciding  before  the  deci- 
sion is  reached  over  their  heads. 

Australian  Commonwealth. — The  second  cham- 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     79 

her  has  equal  powers  with  the  lower  chamber  in  all 
cases  except  those  of  Money  Bills.  By  a  special 
provision  of  the  Constitution  the  second  chamber 
is  disabled  from  amending  any  Bill  (not  only 
Money  Bills),  so  as  to  "  increase  any  proposed 
charge  or  burden  on  the  people."  Though  the 
second  chamber  cannot  amend  a  Money  Bill,  it 
can  reject  it.  It  can  do  more  than  is  usual,  how- 
ever, in  other  countries  where  the  same  rule 
prevails.  For  it  may  return  a  Money  Bill  to  the 
lower  chamber  with  the  request  that  an  amend- 
ment be  made.  So,  in  practice,  it  has  the  right  to 
propose,  but  not  to  insist  upon,  the  amendment  of 
a  Money  Bill.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  Constitu- 
tion gives  the  second  chamber  the  right  to  insist 
that  Money  Bills  should  be  presented  to  it  sepa- 
rately and  in  order,  so  that  it  may  pass  those  it 
likes  and  reject  those  it  dislikes.  The  Constitution 
also  expressly  forbids  the  tacking  of  non-financial 
matter  on  to  a  Money  Bill,  by  which  the  attempt 
might  be  made  to  secure  the  second  chamber's 
consent  to,  or  abstention  from  amendments  of, 
proposals  which  otherwise  it  might  have  rejected 
or  seconded. 

The  provisions  for  settlement  of  disagreement 
between  the  two  chambers  are  elaborately  defined 
by  the  Constitution.  If  a  Bill  is  passed  by  the 
lower  chamber  and  rejected  or  ignored  by  the 
second  chamber,  an  interval  of  three  months 
ensues.  If  the  same  Bill  be  again  passed  by  the 


80      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

lower  house,  and  if  the  disagreement  still  con- 
tinues, the  Governor-General  may  dissolve  both 
chambers  simultaneously.  If,  after  the  dissolu- 
tion and  election  of  new  chambers,  the  same  bill 
be  passed  by  the  lower  chamber  and  rejected  by 
the  second  chamber,  a  joint  sitting  is  held.  The 
result  of  the  voting  at  the  joint  sitting  settles  the 
question.  If  the  majority  of  the  two  chambers 
sitting  together  is  adverse  to  the  Bill,  it  drops, 
and  on  its  reappearance  the  whole  process  would 
have  to  begin  over  again.  If  the  majority  is 
favourable  to  the  Bill  it  is  forthwith  presented  to 
the  Governor-General  for  the  royal  assent. 

All  of  these  provisions  are  characteristic  of  the 
extreme  care  shown  by  the  framers  of  the  Austra- 
lian Constitution  in  regard  to  the  second  chamber 
and  all  that  concerns  it.  Though  the  final  possible 
stage  of  disagreement  is  settled  by  the  method  of 
joint  sitting,  it  should  be  noted  that  this  does 
not  occur  until  the  electorate  has  had  the  oppor- 
tunity of  pronouncing  upon  the  disputed  Bill  by 
means  of  a  general  election  to  both  the  disagreeing 
chambers.  It  is  the  same  electorate  which  re- 
turns them  both,  though  voting  in  constituencies 
of  different  size.  This  sharply  distinguishes  the 
method  of  settlement  from  that  provided  by  the 
Constitution  of  South  Africa,  where  a  joint  sitting 
settles  the  dispute  without  any  reference  to  the 
electorate. 

Victoria. — The  second  chamber  has  equal  powers 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     81 

with  the  lower  chamber  except  in  respect  of  Money 
Bills.  There  was  much  controversy  before  the 
powers  of  the  second  chamber  in  respect  of  Money 
Bills  was  settled.  In  1866  it  rejected  a  Bill  for 
the  introduction  of  high  tariff  duties,  which,  in 
the  lower  chamber,  had  been  incorporated  in  the 
Appropriation  Bill.  The  lower  chamber  then 
induced  the  Governor  to  permit  the  levy  of  the 
duties  merely  on  the  strength  of  a  resolution  of  its 
own.  The  Governor  consented,  and  was  rebuked 
by  the  Home  Government.  Thereupon  the  lower 
chamber  voted  £20,000  as  a  gratuity  to  the 
Governor's  wife.  The  Bill  in  which  this  vote  was 
incorporated  was  rejected  by  the  second  chamber. 
The  dispute  continued  to  rage  round  this  point 
until  the  Governor  intimated  that  he  would  prefer 
not  to  accept  the  money.  Again  in  1894  the 
question  became  acute.  The  second  chamber 
rejected  the  annual  Budget  on  the  ground  that  it 
contained  clauses  for  the  levying  of  a  tax  upon 
unimproved  land  values  which  should  have  been 
submitted  to  the  electorate  before  becoming  law. 
Simultaneously  there  occurred  a  disagreement 
about  Bills  which  were  not  Money  Bills,  for  the 
second  chamber  rejected  a  measure  for  the  aboli- 
tion of  plural  voting  and  the  enfranchisement  of 
women.  Nine  years  later,  in  1903,  a  method  of 
solution  was  adopted.  The  second  chamber 
obtained  the  right  to  suggest  amendments  to 
Money  Bills,  and  provision  was  made  for  its  dis- 


82      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

solution  and  re-election  in  the  event  of  an  insur- 
mountable disagreement  with  the  lower  chamber. 
Once  more  it  should  be  noticed  that  this  second 
chamber  is  an  elected  one  ;  and,  in  fact,  the  serious 
character  of  its  quarrels  with  the  lower  chamber 
has  been  due  to  its  consciousness  of  its  strength  as 
a  body  representing  the  people. 

South  Australia.  —  Here  again  the  second 
chamber  is  elected.  Differences  between  the  two 
chambers  have  been  mainly  in  respect  of  Money 
Bills.  But  the  Governors  have  taken  the  side  of 
the  second  chamber,  in  the  most  notable  cases, 
and  have  insisted  on  Money  Bills  receiving  the 
assent  of  both  chambers.  In  1881  a  device  for 
settling  differences  was  adopted.  If  a  Bill  is 
twice  passed  by  the  lower  chamber  and  twice 
rejected  by  the  second  chamber,  or  amended  in  a 
way  which  the  lower  chamber  will  not  accept,  the 
Governor  has  a  choice  of  two  methods  of  obtain- 
ing the  decision  of  the  electorate.  He  may  either 
dissolve  both  chambers  at  once,  or  he  may  call 
up  by  election  to  the  second  chamber  a  number 
of  additional  members  not  exceeding  nine.  Since 
the  second  chamber  normally  consists  of  only 
eighteen  members,  the  addition  is  considerable, 
and  should  suffice  to  turn  the  scale  on  ordinary 
occasions  if  the  electorate  is  anxious  to  support 
the  view  of  the  lower  chamber.  Should  the  dis- 
agreement continue  after  this  operation,  or  after 
the  simultaneous  dissolution  of  both  chambers,  it 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     83 

would  seem  that  there  is  no  further  way  of  arriv- 
ing at  a  settlement.  There  is  no  provision,  as 
in  the  Commonwealth  Constitution,  for  a  joint 
sitting. 

The  Transvaal  and  Orange  River  Colony. — 
Though  these  Colonies  are  now  merged  in  the 
Union  of  South  Africa,  and  have  lost  their  old 
constitutions,  their  history  is  interesting  because 
the  constitutions  were  framed  by  a  British  Liberal 
Government  which  was  refusing  to  accept  the 
right  of  the  House  of  Lords  to  reject  Money  Bills 
or  to  cause  an  appeal  to  the  country  upon  occasions. 
To  these  two  second  chambers  in  South  Africa 
was  accorded  the  right  to  reject,  but  not  to  amend, 
Money  Bills.  In  case  of  agreement  on  Money 
Bills  or  other  Bills,  the  Governor  was  to  convene 
a  joint  sitting.  The  members  of  both  chambers 
were  to  deliberate  and  vote  together,  and  might 
together  amend  the  Bill  at  their  joint  sitting. 
The  way  was  therefore  left  open  for  possible  com- 
promise up  to  the  last  moment.  The  decision  of 
a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  two  chambers 
sitting  together,  was  to  be  final.  But,  alternatively 
to  this  course,  it  was  provided  that  the  Governor 
might  dissolve  either  the  lower  chamber  alone  or 
both  chambers  together.  Thus  there  was  pro- 
vision both  for  a  review  of  Money  Bills  by  the 
second  chamber  and  for  an  appeal  to  the  electors. 

Sweden. — The  second  chamber  has  the  usual 
powers  of  an  equal  branch  of  the  Legislature. 


84      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Keen  conflicts  have  occurred  as  to  its  rights  in 
respect  of  Money  Bills.  It  is  now  provided  that, 
in  case  of  disputes  of  this  particular  kind,  there 
should  be  a  joint  sitting,  and  the  decision  depends 
upon  the  majority  of  the  votes  of  the  two  chambers 
sitting  together.  In  the  case  of  disputes  of  this 
kind,  however,  and  in  the  case  of  disputes  of  any 
other  kind,  it  is  possible  for  the  Government  to 
dissolve  both  chambers  simultaneously,  and  thus, 
since  both  are  elected,  to  give  the  voters  the 
opportunity  of  settling  the  matter  themselves. 

Norway. — The  second  chamber,  which  is 
nominated  by  the  lower  chamber  (an  unique 
arrangement),  is  by  no  means  powerful  in  practice. 
In  matters  of  finance  the  two  chambers  sit  as  one. 
In  all  cases  of  disagreement  there  is  provision  for 
a  joint  sitting  in  which  a  majority  of  two-thirds  is 
required  to  pass  a  Bill.  Any  dissolution  of  either 
chamber  involves  the  dissolution  of  the  other. 
But  the  fact  that  the  lower  chamber  appoints  the 
second  chamber,  renders  Norway  a  constitutional 
curiosity.  There  was,  when  the  constitution  was 
framed,  a  tendency  towards  the  single-chamber 
system.  Yet  the  need  for  a  checking  and  delay- 
ing chamber  was  recognised,  and  this  compromise 
was  adopted  in  order  to  secure  some  of  the  prac- 
tical advantages  of  the  double-chamber  system, 
while  paying  some  reverence  to  the  theory  of  the 
other. 

Denmark. — In  ordinary  legislation  the   second 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     85 

chamber  has  a  legal  right  to  reject  or  amend,  and 
exercises  it  with  considerable  freedom.  In  Money 
Bills  its  action  has  been  weak.  It  might  reject, 
legally,  but  is  not  expected  to  do  so.  There  is  a 
provision  for  the  sitting  of  joint  committees,  in 
case  of  disagreement,  but  these  committees  sit 
only  to  confer,  not  to  vote.  A  simultaneous  dis- 
solution of  both  chambers  is  possible. 

Holland. — The  second  chamber  cannot  initiate 
any  legislation,  nor  amend  a  Money  Bill,  but  it 
can  and  does  reject  any  Bill,  Money  or  other. 
A  simultaneous  dissolution  of  both  chambers  is 
possible. 

Belgium. — The  second  chamber  can  initiate  any 
Bill  except  Money  Bills,  and  has  the  ordinary 
powers  of  an  equal  branch  of  the  Legislature.  It 
may  reject  or  amend  a  Money  Bill.  A  simul- 
taneous dissolution  is  possible. 

Spain. — The  second  chamber  has  equal  powers, 
but  may  not  initiate  a  Money  Bill.  Its  consent 
is  necessary  to  all  legislation.  It  may  amend  or 
reject  a  Money  Bill  In  case  of  disagreement  it  is 
usual  to  dissolve  the  lower  chamber  and,  simul- 
taneously, the  elected  half  of  the  upper  chamber. 

Queensland. — The  second  chamber,  which  is 
nominated  for  life  by  the  Government,  has  the 
ordinary  powers,  and  has  claimed,  in  addition, 
the  right  to  amend  Money  Bills.  On  this  point  a 
legal  opinion  was  obtained  from  the  British  Privy 
Council  in  1885.  The  opinion  was  that  the  second 

D 


86      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

chamber  of  Queensland  was  in  a  position  like  that 
of  the  House  of  Lords,  and  that  it  must  not  amend 
Money  Bills.  Like  the  House  of  Lords,  however, 
it  was  held  to  be  entitled  to  reject  them  as  a  whole. 
In  1907  a  disagreement  occurred  between  the  two 
houses.  The  Prime  Minister  asked  the  Governor 
to  allow  him  to  appeal  to  the  country.  The 
Governor  refused,  and  the  Prime  Minister  re- 
signed, and  the  Opposition  took  office.  Thereupon 
the  lower  chamber  refused  to  vote  supplies,  and 
the  Governor  dissolved  it.  The  country  returned 
the  same  majority  to  power,  and  negotiations  were 
commenced  for  a  method  of  settling  such  constitu- 
tional troubles  in  the  future.  It  was  provided 
that  where  a  Bill  has  passed  the  lower  chamber 
and  been  rejected  by  the  second  chamber,  and 
again  passed  and  rejected  in  a  subsequent  session, 
it  may  be  submitted  to  the  country  in  a  Refer- 
endum. A  simple  majority  of  the  voters  who 
actually  vote  on  the  Referendum  is  enough  to  pass 
the  Bill  into  law. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  countries  whose  con- 
stitutions provide  no  method  of  settling  differences 
between  the  two  chambers. 

France. — The  second  chamber,  or  Senate,  of 
France  is  an  elected  body.  It  is  elected  by  the 
Departments  and  Colonies  of  France,  by  universal 
suffrage,  but  by  indirect  election.  It  possesses 
legislative  equality  with  the  lower  chamber;  it 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     87 

can  initiate,  amend,  or  reject  all  Bills  except 
Money  Bills.  In  regard  to  these  the  right  of 
initiative  belongs  to  the  lower  chamber,  but  the 
Senate  may  reject.  In  the  amendment  of  Money 
Bills,  the  rights  of  the  Senate  are  not  perfectly 
clear.  It  has  claimed  and  exercised  the  right  to 
amend,  but  it  has  not  done  so  without  protest 
from  the  lower  chamber.  One  French  writer, 
entitled  to  an  opinion,  says  that  the  Senate  may 
"  view,  control,  and  examine"  a  Money  Bill.  M. 
Loubet,  who  was  President  of  the  Budget  Com- 
mittee of  the  Senate  in  1895,  said : 

"We  have  the  right  of  examining  the  Budget 
law,  and  we  do  so  each  year  with  scrupulous  atten- 
tion. We  can  introduce  amendments  in  it,  but  it 
is  impossible  for  us  to  entertain  a  complete  new 
set  of  Budget  proposals ;  these  must  first  be  passed 
by  the  Chamber  of  Deputies  before  they  are  sub- 
mitted to  the  Senate." 

Gambetta,  much  less  inclined  to  take  a  wide 
view  of  the  Senate's  authority,  said : 

"The  Senate  has  the  right  of  making  remon- 
strances to  the  Chamber,  to  point  out  that  this 
or  that  tax,  this  or  that  credit  or  suppression  of 
credit,  is  unjust  or  inopportune,  or  to  suggest  a 
modification  of  the  whole  of  the  Budget." 

On  either  of  these  statements  of  the  case  the 
financial  authority  of  the  Senate  must  appear 
to  be  far  greater  than  that  of  our  House  of 
Lords. 


88      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

The  Senate  has  other  very  remarkable  powers. 
Treaties  of  peace  or  commerce  may  not  be  ratified 
by  the  Government  until  both  chambers  have 
voted  their  approval.  The  chambers  perform  this 
function  separately,  of  course,  so  that  the  second 
chamber  obtains  a  right  of  veto  in  respect  of  these 
treaties.  Here,  again,  it  is  superior  to  the  House 
of  Lords,  and  to  the  House  of  Commons  also,  for 
the  British  Government  can  ratify  treaties  with- 
out the  consent  of  Parliament.  Another  provision 
of  the  French  Constitution  gives  the  Senate  a 
power  even  more  remarkable.  Its  consent  is 
necessary  before  the  President  may  dissolve  the 
Chamber  of  Deputies.  In  England,  France,  the 
British  Colonies,  and  all  other  countries  that 
have  parliamentary  as  distinct  from  presidential 
government,  the  power  of  the  Executive  to  dis- 
solve or  threaten  the  dissolution  of  the  lower 
chamber,  on  which  the  Executive  itself  depends, 
is  one  of  the  most  formidable  and  important  of 
all  the  engines  of  authority.  It  is  the  one  check 
possessed  by  the  Executive  for  use  against  the 
lower  chamber.  And  in  France  this  check  can 
only  be  used  with  the  consent  of  the  Senate.  Had 
such  a  provision  existed  with  us,  it  is  doubtful  if 
we  should  have  had  a  dissolution  or  general  elec- 
tion in  December  1910.  That  dissolution  was  an 
appeal  to  the  country  before  the  real  matter  at 
issue  and  its  evident  consequences  had  been 
made  plain.  The  French  Constitution  would  have 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     89 

given  the  House  of  Lords  the  right  to  prohibit 
the  dissolution. 

The  French  Constitution  provides  no  method 
of  settling  the  differences  of  the  chambers,  except 
in  so  far  as  both  chambers  are  automatically  sent 
to  the  country  for  re-election  at  intervals,  the 
lower  chamber  as  a  whole,  the  Senate  hi  divisions 
of  one-third  of  its  numbers  which  retire  every 
three  years.  Thus,  until  and  unless  its  composi- 
tion is  changed  by  re-election,  the  Senate  can 
raise  an  insurmountable  obstacle  to  legislation, 
even  to  Money  Bills. 

United  States. — The  second  chamber,  or  Senate, 
of  the  United  States  is  remarkable  not  so  much 
because  it  has  the  usual  powers  of  an  equal  branch 
of  the  Legislature,  as  because  of  the  frequency 
and  cool  assurance  with  which  it  makes  use  of 
them.  Its  rights  of  amendment  and  rejection  are 
exercised  with  a  freedom  unknown  in  any  European 
country.  In  respect  of  Money  Bills  it  may  do 
everything  but  initiate.  It  may,  and  does,  both 
amend  and  reject  them.  Its  consent  is  necessary 
to  all  treaties,  though,  unlike  the  French  practice, 
the  consent  of  the  lower  house  is  not  required. 
Its  consent  is  also  necessary  for  all  appointments 
under  the  United  States  Government.  The  enor- 
mous power  of  checking  the  Executive  which  flows 
from  this  last  provision  is  self-evident,  for  we  have 
only  to  picture  our  own  upper  chamber  invested 
with  such  rights  when  its  majority  is  not  of  the 


90      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

same  party  as  the  ministers  in  power.  With  a 
veto  on  all  legislation,  a  veto  on  all  appointments, 
and  a  veto  on  all  treaties,  the  Senate  securely 
controls  the  whole  field  of  government. 

It  has  also  a  judicial  function.  The  public 
officers  of  the  United  States  Government,  from 
the  President  downwards,  may  be  impeached  for 
misconduct.  The  sole  power  of  impeachment  is 
vested  in  the  lower  chamber,  and  the  sole  power 
to  try  impeachments  is  vested  in  the  Senate. 
Differences  between  the  two  chambers  can  only 
be  settled,  as  in  France,  by  the  automatic  changes 
brought  about  in  either  chamber  by  periodic  re- 
elections.  There  is  a  practice  of  holding  confer- 
ences of  persons  appointed  by  the  two  disagreeing 
chambers,  however,  and  the  recommendation  of 
the  conference  is  commonly  accepted  by  both. 
But  this  is  only  a  custom  having  no  legal  force. 
In  the  last  resort  the  veto  of  either  chamber  on 
the  proposals  of  the  other  is  absolute,  and  only 
to  be  removed  by  the  chamber  itself  before  or  after 
its  re-election. 

Canada. — The  second  chamber  has  equal  rights 
with  the  lower  chamber,  except  in  the  case  of 
Money  Bills.  These  it  may  reject,  but  cannot 
initiate  or  amend.  In  case  of  difference  between 
the  chambers,  the  Government  may  nominate  six 
new  members  to  the  second  chamber.  As  it  con- 
sists of  eighty-seven  members,  this  amount  of 
swamping  is  seldom  likely  to  be  effective.  Since 


POWERS    OF    SECOND    CHAMBERS     91 

the  second  chamber  is  nominated  for  life,  and  not 
subject  to  re-election,  there  is  no  way  of  bringing 
its  will  into  conformity  with  that  of  the  lower 
chamber. 

German  Empire. — The  second  chamber,  which 
consists  of  members  nominated  by  the  Govern- 
ments of  the  States  composing  the  Empire,  has 
rather  more  than  equal  legislative  powers  with  the 
lower  chamber.  Most  Bills,  including  Money  Bills, 
are  initiated  by  it.  It  can  initiate,  amend,  or 
reject  all  Bills  whatsoever.  Its  consent  is  necessary 
to  a  dissolution  of  the  lower  chamber.  It  has 
important  administrative  functions.  Its  assent  is 
required,  together  with  that  of  the  lower  chamber, 
to  all  treaties  that  relate  to  matters  regulated  by 
Imperial  legislation.  It  is  a  Court  of  Appeal  from 
the  State  Courts.  There  is  no  provision  at  all 
for  settling  its  differences  with  the  lower  chamber. 

Austria. — The  second  chamber  has  equal  powers 
with  the  lower  chamber  in  all  ways  except  that 
Money  Bills  must  be  initiated  by  the  latter.  It 
may  initiate  any  other  Bill,  and  amend  or  reject 
Bills  of  every  kind.  In  cases  of  disagreement, 
there  is  provision  for  joint  committees  of  the  two 
chambers  to  deliberate  and  recommend  a  solution. 
But  there  is  no  method  by  which  either  chamber 
can  be  forced  into  agreement  with  the  other.  As 
with  us  before  the  Parliament  Act,  the  only  course 
open  to  the  Government  in  cases  of  disagreement 
is  to  dissolve  the  lower  chamber. 


92      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

The  most  noticeable  conclusion  to  be  drawn 
from  the  foregoing  facts,  is  that  almost  all  the 
countries  that  have  adopted  representative  govern- 
ment accord  to  their  second  chambers  a  measure 
of  power  greater  than  any  that  has  been  claimed 
by  or  for  our  House  of  Lords ;  that  the  power 
of  an  Executive  to  swamp  the  majority  of  a  second 
chamber  is  comparatively  rarely  found ;  and  that 
there  is  a  tendency  among  newer  constitutions  to 
give  great  strength  to  the  second  chamber,  but  to 
seek  the  final  decision  from  the  electorate. 


CHAPTER  VI 

GENERAL    RECOGNITION   OF    THE    VALUE    OF 
THE  DOUBLE-CHAMBER  SYSTEM 

IT  is  safer  to  seek  men's  opinions  in  their  deeds 
than  in  their  words.  The  world's  testimony  to 
the  value  and  necessity  of  a  double-chamber 
system  is  to  be  found  rather  in  what  the  world 
has  done,  than  in  what  it  has  said ;  and  there  is 
no  language  so  eloquent  as  the  fact  that  wherever 
representative  institutions  have  been  set  up,  with 
a  few  exceptions  notable  solely  for  their  lack  of 
importance,  the  system  adopted  has  been  that  of 
double-chamber  Parliaments. 

In  our  own  country  we  may  be  said  to  have 
acquired  a  second  chamber  by  inheritance.  We 
did  not  invent  it,  nor  desire  it,  nor  adopt  it  upon 
any  principle  or  theory.  It  was  in  existence  at 
the  beginning  of  the  history  of  our  Parliaments, 
and  was  ancient  even  then.  But  this  has  not 
been  the  case  with  foreign  lands  or  with  the 
British  dominions.  Their  Parliaments  did  not 
grow  but  were  made.  They  were  invented  and 
erected,  and  they  date,  in  most  instances,  from 

93 


94      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

periods,  when  the  democratic  and  revolutionary 
spirit  has  been  at  the  height  of  its  influenced  Yet 
the  double-chamber  system  has  been  adopted  in 
all  cases  of  importance.  In  this  respect  the 
tribute  of  foreign  countries  to  the  importance  of 
second  chambers  has  been  such  as  our  country 
has  never  had  the  chance  of  paying. 

For  this  reason  we  shall  find  most  interest  in 
what  foreigners  have  done  and  what  Britons  have 
said.  The  testimony  of  foreigners  has  been  in 
their  actions,  in  the  constitutions  they  have 
framed  with  the  best  wisdom  at  their  command, 
and  in  the  tribute  these  constitutions  pay  to  the 
lessons  of  history.  In  Britain  we  have  never 
made  a  constitution.  We  have  worked  one,  how- 
ever, for  six  hundred  years,  and  our  testimony 
is  to  be  found  in  the  opinions  of  statesmen  who 
have  worked  it. 

The  constitutions  of  the  world  have  been  framed 
under  two  distinct  sets  of  conditions.  They  have 
been  framed  either  to  provide  for  the  government 
of  a  new  community,  or,  alternatively,  under  the 
influence  of  a  revolution.  To  take  the  briefest 
survey  we  see,  first,  the  revolutionary  constitu- 
tions of  England  at  the  time  of  Cromwell.  Then 
we  see  the  constitution  which  the  Americans 
invented  to  meet  the  needs  of  their  federal  union. 
Next  come  the  constitutions  of  the  French  Re- 
volution. Later  comes  the  group  of  constitutions 
granted  by  most  of  the  sovereigns  of  Europe  in 


THE    DOUBLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     95 

the  second  third  of  the  nineteenth  century. 
Lastly,  we  have  the  constitutions  provided  for 
British  Dominions  as  and  when  their  development 
made  it  possible  for  them  to  govern  themselves. 
There  runs  through  the  whole  list  a  clearly  trace- 
able line  of  practical  experience. 

The  deplorable  failure  of  single-chamber  govern- 
ment in  England  at  the  time  of  Cromwell  gave 
the  world  its  first  lesson  in  the  subject,  and  the 
political  writers  of  the  next  hundred  years,  who 
were  mostly  French  or  English,  never  tired  of 
demonstrating  that  stable  and  moderate  govern- 
ment cannot  be  expected  of  a  single  popular 
chamber.  Under  the  influence  of  this  opinion  the 
Americans  acted  when  they  drew  up  the  Constitu- 
tion of  the  United  States.  Meanwhile,  however, 
an  opposing  doctrine  had  grown  into  fashion  in 
France.  This  reached  its  climax  in  the  French 
Revolution,  when,  as  was  confidently  hoped,  the 
pure  theory  of  freedom  was  going  to  work  much 
better  than  it  had  worked  in  England  under 
Cromwell.  The  doctrine  of  the  exclusive  right 
of  the  people's  representatives  to  the  exercise  of 
the  whole  power  of  the  State  seized  the  imagina- 
tion of  French  theorists  as  it  had  gripped  the 
minds  of  the  English  Puritans,  and  the  world  was 
given  the  benefit  of  another  illustration  of  the 
working  of  the  single-chamber  system.  Once 
again  that  system  led  direct  to  tyranny,  confusion, 
and  the  extinction  of  personal  freedom.  The 


96      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

single-chamber  constitutions  of  France,  born  in 
revolution,  broke  down  in  a  steady  succession  of 
failures. 

The  lesson  was  learned,  and  by  the  time  that 
the  next  period  of  revolution  overspread  Europe 
the  erection  of  single-chamber  government  found 
no  more  support  than  the  abolition  of  monarchy. 
Parliaments  were  everywhere  set  up ;  everywhere 
the  right  of  representation  was  given  to  the 
people;  but  the  precaution  of  a  second  chamber 
was  not  omitted.  Seldom  indeed  has  stability 
attached  to  constitutions  established  in  the  throes 
of  revolution.  But  the  double-chamber  systems 
set  up  in  Europe  in  the  tumultuous  years  of  the 
middle  of  the  last  century  have  justified  the 
prudence  which  the  experience  of  France  had 
taught  the  world.  Not  one  of  the  double-chamber 
Parliaments  of  Europe,  if  France  be  excepted,  has 
ever  been  overthrown. 

French  history,  since  the  Revolution, is  a  museum 
of  constitutional  experiments.  Having  suffered 
more  sharply  than  any  other  country  from  the 
single-chamber  system  in  the  earlier  stages  of  the 
Revolution,  the  French  statesmen  tried  conscien- 
tiously to  erect  a  second  chamber  when  it  was  too 
late.  By  the  time  they  had  called  their  second 
chamber  into  existence  the  country  was  half  way 
down  the  slope  into  despotism,  and  the  Empire  of 
Napoleon  supervened  to  deprive  all  constitutional 
experiments  of  their  importance.  Upon  the  fall 


THE    DOUBLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     97 

of  the  Empire,  constitutionalism  was  tried  again, 
and  a  second  chamber  was  provided.  It  endured, 
through  two  revolutions,  until  the  spirit  of  anarchy 
overspread  Europe  in  1848.  Then  the  French 
people  tried  the  single-chamber  experiment  once 
again.  After  four  years  of  disaster  they  relapsed 
thankfully  into  the  arms  of  a  despot  once  more, 
and  the  nature  of  the  constitution  ceased  to 
matter. 

Again,  in  1870,  when  the  second  Napoleonic 
Empire  was  overthrown,  the  experiment  of  con- 
stitutional government  had  to  be  tried.  A  par- 
liamentary Republic  was  set  up,  and,  after  a  few 
years  of  uncertainty,  a  constitution  was  definitely 
established.  From  the  pen  of  an  English  barrister, 
Sir  William  Charley,  we  have  an  interesting  record 
of  the  time  when  this  latest  of  French  constitu- 
tions was  in  process  of  being  made.  "  I  was  stay- 
ing at  Trouville,"  he  writes,  "  and  I  left  my  card 
on  M.  Thiers  who  was  then  President  of  the 
French  Republic.  ...  I  accepted  an  invitation. 
.  .  .  and  had  a  long  conversation  with  M.  Thiers 
on  the  subject  of  the  formation  of  a  second 
chamber.  I  was  deeply  interested  in  M.  Thiers's 
preference  for  the  bi-cameral  system.  Shortly 
after  my  return  to  England  I  found  from  the 
papers  that  M.  Thiers  had  adopted  the  bi-cameral 
system  which  has  held  its  own  in  France  ever 
since." 

The  truth  was  that  M.  Thiers  had  established 


98      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

one  of  the  strongest  second  chambers  in  the  world, 
which  has  endured  for  forty  years  in  the  land  of 
revolutions  without  a  challenge  to  its  authority. 
France  had  learned  the  lesson  of  her  own  experi- 
ence. In  the  eighty  years  before  1870  she  had 
seen  eleven  constitutions  collapse,  and  she  has 
now  lived  for  forty-two  years  under  a  constitution 
that  has  hardly  been  threatened.  There  is  no 
doubt  whatever  that  this  unwonted  stability  has 
been  due  to  nothing  so  much  as  to  the  Senate 
which  M.  Thiers  established. 

From  America  we  may  read  the  words  of  two 
political  thinkers  of  high  standing,  one  of  them 
being  a  statesman  whose  name  will  never  be  for- 
gotten, the  other  a  political  philosopher  of  consider- 
able distinction.  The  first  is  Alexander  Hamilton, 
a  man  of  genius,  who  not  only  did  more  than  any 
other  towards  framing  the  American  Constitution, 
but  also  did  more  than  any  other  to  make  that  Con- 
stitution work.  "  Give  all  power  to  the  many,"  said 
Hamilton,  "  and  they  will  oppress  the  few.  Give 
all  power  to  the  few,  and  they  will  oppress  the 
many.  Both,  therefore,  ought  to  have'  the  power 
that  each  may  defend  itself  against  the  other.  To 
the  want  of  this  check  we  owe  our  paper  money,  in- 
stalment laws,  &c.  To  the  proper  adjustment  of 
it  the  British  owe  the  excellence  of  their  Constitu- 
tion. Their  House  of  Lords  is  a  most  noble 
institution.  Having  nothing  to  hope  for  by  a 
change,  and  a  sufficient  interest,  by  means  of  their 


THE    DOUBLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     99 

property,  in  being  faithful  to  the  national  interest, 
they  form  a  permanent  barrier  against  every  per- 
nicious innovation,  whether  attempted  on  the  part 
of  the  Crown  or  the  Commons.  No  temporary 
Senate  will  have  firmness  enough  to  answer  that 
purpose." 

The  second  American  authority  is  Professor 
Lieber,  who  writes  as  follows  in  his  book  on  Civil 
Liberty  and  Self  -  Government :  "Practical  know- 
ledge alone  can  show  the  whole  advantage  of  this 
Anglican  principle,  according  to  which  we  equally 
disregard  the  idea  of  three  or  four  Houses  and  of 
one  House  only,  Both  are  equally  and  essentially 
non-Anglican.  Although,  however,  practice  alone 
can  show  the  whole  advantage  that  may  be  de- 
rived from  the  system  of  two  Houses,  it  must  be  a 
striking  fact  to  every  inquirer  in  distant  countries 
that  not  only  has  the  system  of  two  Houses  histo- 
rically developed  itself  in  England,  but  it  has  been 
absorbed  by  the  United  States  in  all  the  forty- 
four  States  and  by  all  the  British  colonies  where 
local  legislatures  exist.  We  may  mention  even  the 
African  State  of  Liberia.  The  bi-cameral  system 
accompanies  the  English  race  like  the  Common 
Law,  while  no  one  attempt  at  introducing  the  uni- 
cameral  system  in  larger  countries  has  succeeded. 
The  idea  of  one  House  flows  from  that  of  the  unity 
of  power,  so  popular  in  France.  The  bi-cameral 
system  is  called  by  the  advocates  of  democratic 
unity  an  aristocratic  institution.  In  reality  it  is  a 


100     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

truly  popular  principle  to  insist  on  the  protection 
of  a  legislature  divided  into  two  Houses." 

Let  us  now  see  the  views  of  an  English  philoso- 
pher, John  Stuart  Mill,  who  had  certainly  no  love 
for  "  aristocratic  institutions."  He  had  one  of  the 
coldest  minds  that  ever  thought,  and  we  shall  not 
find  his  words  to  contain  the  enthusiasm  of  the 
Americans.  His  praise  is  grudging,  but  it  is  not 
less  valuable  for  that  reason.  He  condemns  the 
single  chamber  because  it  causes  the  members  of 
such  chambers  to  incur  "  the  evil  effects  of  having 
only  themselves  to  consult." 

"  It  is  important,"  he  adds,  "  that  no  set  of 
persons  should  in  great  affairs  be  able,  even  tem- 
porarily, to  make  their  '  I  will '  prevail  without 
asking  anyone  for  his  consent.  A  majority  in  a 
single  assembly,  when  it  has  assumed  a  paramount 
character,  when  composed  of  the  same  persons 
habitually  voting  together  and  always  assured  of 
victory  in  their  own  House,  easily  becomes  despotic 
and  overweening  if  released  from  the  necessity  of 
considering  whether  its  acts  will  be  concurred  in 
by  another  constituted  authority.  The  same 
reason  which  induced  the  Komans  to  have  two 
consuls  makes  it  desirable  that  there  should  be 
two  chambers,  that  neither  of  them  may  be  ex- 
posed to  the  corrupting  influence  of  undivided 
power,  even  for  the  space  of  a  single  year.  One  of 
the  most  indispensable  requisites  in  the  practical 
conduct  of  politics,  especially  in  the  management 


THE    DOUBLE-CHAMBER    S\SIEM     101 

of  free  institutions,  is  conciliation,  a  readiness  to 
compromise,  a  willingness  to  concede  something  to 
opponents,  and  to  shape  good  measures  so  as  to 
be  as  little  offensive  as  possible  to  persons  of  oppo- 
site views,  and  of  this  salutary  habit  the  mental 
give  and  take  between  two  Houses  is  a  perpetual 
school,  useful  as  such  even  now,  and  its  usefulness 
would  probably  be  even  more  felt  in  a  more  demo- 
cratic constitution  of  legislature." 

From  the  opinions  of  philosophers  we  will  turn  to 
the  words  of  some  of  those  who  have  been  responsible 
for  the  working  of  the  British  Constitution.  In 
1870,  in  the  House  of  Commons,  Mr.  Gladstone  said : 
"  It  may  be  that  my  hon.  friend,  .  .  .  aware  that 
the  House  of  Commons  is  the  chamber  in  which, 
in  the  main,  the  great  work  of  national  legislation 
must  be  conducted  and  the  business  of  the  country 
done,  thinks  that  by  means  of  a  single  instead  of 
a  double  chamber  we  should  simplify  the  work  of 
our  constitution,  and  more  speedily  and  satisfac- 
torily settle  great  public  questions.  Sir,  that 
would  be  a  very  grave  conclusion  to  adopt.  I  do 
not  think  it  is  the  belief  of  the  majority  of  this 
House,  on  the  one  side  or  the  other,  and  I  am 
perfectly  convinced  it  is  not  the  belief  of  the 
country." 

Again,  in  1893,  Mr.  Gladstone  told  the  House  of 
Commons  that  "  the  first  effect  of  a  second  chamber 
is  to  present  an  undoubted  and  unquestionable 
security  against  hasty  legislation.  It  interposes  a 


102     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

certain  period  of  time,  it  interposes  reflection,  apart 
from  the  possible  heat  of  popular  discussion ;  it 
interposes  an  opportunity  for  allowing  full  con- 
sideration of  the  modes  by  which  an  approxima- 
tion may  be  effected  between  the  opposing  parties 
by  some  accommodation  of  their  differences.  .  .  . 
The  mere  fact  of  its  causing  an  interposition  of 
time  before  a  final  decision  is  made  is  a  very  great 
recommendation." 

In  the  same  year,  a  year  of  conflict  between  the 
House  of  Lords  and  the  House  of  Commons,  the 
following  remarkable  words  were  spoken  by  Lord 
Herschell,  the  Lord  Chancellor  in  Mr.  Gladstone's 
Government :  "  The  misfortune  of  the  House  of 
Lords,"  he  said,  "  has  been  this — that  the  utmost 
attention  has  been  excited  by  its  work  whenever 
its  work  has  been  of  a  particularly  controversial 
character,  and  one  which  excites  angry  political 
feeling ;  and  the  quiet  work  which  the  House  of 
Lord  does,  which  is  none  the  less  effective  and 
real,  is  work  of  which  hardly  anybody  ever  hears 
and  for  which  the  House  of  Lords  never  gets  the 
slightest  praise.  ...  If  the  House  of  Lords  is  able 
to  supply  some  of  the  defects  left  in  measures  by 
the  House  of  Commons,  I  maintain  it  does  useful 
work,  and  that  work  it  has  certainly  performed  on 
many  occasions,  although  its  achievements  have 
been  little  observed." 

The  personal  note  which  sounds  in  these  words 


THE    DOUBLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     103 

may  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  speaker  himself 
was  a  member  of  the  second  chamber  which  he 
defended,  and  had  good  means  of  knowing  the 
nature  and  value  of  its  work.  Yet  he  was  a  pro- 
minent member  of  the  party  whose  chief  measure 
the  House  of  Lords  had  just  rejected. 

Of  conflicts  between  legislative  chambers  the 
following  remarks  were  made  by  Mr.  Bryce,  who 
was  in  the  Liberal  Cabinet  in  1892, 1894,  and  1906  ; 
was  British  Ambassador  at  Washington ;  and  is  the 
author  of  an  important  work  on  the  constitution 
and  politics  of  America.  He,  too,  was  speaking  at 
a  time  of  difference  between  the  two  chambers  in 
England.  He  said :  "  It  is  said  that  two  chambers 
work  harmoniously  together.  My  observation  on 
that  is  that  the  object  of  having  two  chambers 
is  to  secure,  not  that  things  shall  always  work 
smoothly  between  them,  but  that  they  shall  fre- 
quently differ,  and  provide  a  means  of  correcting 
such  errors  as  either  may  commit." 

The  stream  of  testimony  from  British  statesmen 
is  continuous.  If  that  which  is  quoted  here  is 
from  men  who  have  belonged  to  the  Liberal  party, 
it  is  only  because  the  attack  of  the  Liberals  on  the 
second  chamber  gives  additional  value  to  the  words 
of  some  of  the  wisest  of  their  members.  The  case 
for  a  second  chamber  was  never  more  tersely  ex- 
pressed than  by  Lord  Rosebery,  speaking  in  the 
House  of  Lords  in  1888,  and  quoting  some  words 


104     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

which  will  be  familiar  to  those  who  have  read  this 
and  other  chapters  of  the  present  book,  and  which 
cannot  be  too  frequently  reiterated.  Lord  Rosebery 
said: 

"  There  are  three  arguments  which  I  have 
always  thought  conclusive  as  showing  the 
necessity  of  a  second  chamber.  When  the 
ablest  men  that  America  ever  knew,  a  cen- 
tury ago,  framed  their  Constitution,  though 
fettered  by  no  rules  and  traditions,  and  having 
a  clean  slate  before  them,  they  thought  it 
necessary  to  construct  the  strongest  second 
chamber  that  the  world  has  ever  known. 
^  '£"  Then,  let  us  call  to  mind  the  opinion  of  one 
who  was  not  an  aristocrat  by  party  or  profes- 
sion— Cromwell — who  abolished  the  House  of 
Lords,  and  also  found  it  necessary  to  restore 
the  House  of  Lords.  The  last  words  he  ad- 
dressed to  Parliament  were  these :  '  I  did 
tell  you  that  I  would  not  undertake  such  a 
government  as  this  unless  there  might  be 
some  other  persons  that  might  interpose  be- 
tween me  and  the  House  of  Commons,  who 
had  the  power  to  prevent  tumultuary  and 
popular  spirits.'  Cromwell  was  not  an  aristo- 
crat, and  his  Executive  was  not  characterised 
by  weakness;  and  the  fact  that  he  found  it 
necessary  to  restore  a  second  chamber  speaks 
volumes  as  to  the  necessity  of  a  second  cham- 


THE    DOUBLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     105 

ber.  The  third  reason  in  favour  of  a  second 
chamber  was  given  by  a  great  philosopher, 
John  Stuart  Mill,  who  sums  up  the  argument 
in  a  single  sentence.  He  says:  'The  same 
reasons  that  induced  the  Romans  to  have  two 
consuls  make  it  desirable  that  there  should 
be  two  chambers,  so  that  neither  of  them 
may  be  exposed  to  the  corrupting  influence 
of  undisputed  power,  even  for  a  single  year.' 
The  recent  changes  in  the  procedure  of  the 
House  of  Commons  (changes  in  the  direction 
of  hurried  legislation)  also,  I  think,  immea- 
surably strengthen  the  arguments  for  a  second 
chamber." 

As  has  been  observed,  what  Englishmen  have 
expressed  in  words,  foreigners  have  expressed  in 
action.  Foreigners  have  set  up  the  system  which 
our  statesmen  have  advocated  and  defended.  The 
extraordinary  thing  is  that  the  argumentative 
defence  of  the  double-chamber  system  is,  for  the 
most  part,  a  monopoly  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  race. 
The  statesmen  and  thinkers  of  foreign  countries 
have  accepted  the  system  almost  without  ques- 
tion. They  have  established  second  chambers 
which  have  scarcely  been  attacked  or  defended  at 
all,  for  the  very  idea  of  the  alternative  system  has 
hardly  ever  been  seriously  entertained  outside  the 
revolutionary  periods  of  English  and  French  his- 
tory. To  the  recollection  of  those  periods  we  owe 


106     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

the  striking  words  spoken  by  our  statesmen  in 
praise  of  second  chambers.  From  foreigners  such 
praises  are  seldom  heard,  because  there  is  seldom 
an  attack  to  meet  or  a  criticism  to  answer.  So 
completely  has  the  double-chamber  system  been 
accepted  by  the  world  at  large. 


CHAPTER   VII 

THE  NATURE  OF  THE  PERIL  OF  THE  SINGLE- 
CHAMBER  SYSTEM 

FOUR  hundred  and  twenty-seven  years  before 
Christ,  the  history  of  Athens  gave  an  example 
of  the  working  of  the  single-chamber  system, 
which,  partly  by  reason  of  the  dramatic  nature 
of  the  circumstances  and  partly  because  of  the 
genius  of  the  historian  who  relates  them,  will 
not  easily  be  rivalled  by  the  democracies  of  the 
modern  world.  The  legislative  body  of  Athens 
was  a  single  chamber  consisting  of  the  whole 
number  of  its  free  citizens  assembled  within  sound 
of  the  voice  of  the  orator.  Thus  gathered,  they 
controlled  alike  the  legislative  and  executive 
power  of  the  State,  no  veto  being  possible,  no 
reference  to  any  other  authority  being  provided 
or  permitted. 

Athens  was  at  war  with  Sparta.  Athens  had 
an  empire  of  many  colonies  and  islands,  whose 
loyalty  during  the  war  was  a  matter  of  life  and 
death  to  the  Athenians.  One  day  the  news  was 
brought  to  Athens  that  their  island  of  Mytilene 

107 


108     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

had  revolted  and  invited  a  force  of  Spartans  to 
come  to  its  assistance,  but  that  the  Spartan  force 
had  failed  to  effect  a  landing,  and  had  sailed 
away. 

The  island  was  left  at  the  mercy  of  the  Athenian 
garrison.  In  the  heat  of  their  sudden  rage,  the 
Athenian  people  assembled,  bitterly  resentful  at 
the  conduct  of  the  Mytilenseans,  resolved  that  an 
example  should  be  made  to  strike  terror  through 
the  rest  of  their  empire,  and,  after  a  hasty  dis- 
cussion, they  voted  that  the  whole  male  population 
of  the  island  should  be  put  to  death,  and  the 
women  and  children  sold  into  slavery.  Here  was 
the  decree  of  a  single  chamber  from  which  there 
was  no  appeal. 

A  ship  was  dispatched  to  Mytilene  to  convey  the 
command  to  the  garrison.  Night  fell  at  Athens, 
the  sun  went  down  upon  the  wrath  of  the  Athe- 
nians, and  on  the  next  day  they  repented  of  their 
rashness.  The  assembly  met  again.  One  speaker 
passionately  urged  that  the  decree  of  yesterday 
should  be  maintained.  Then,  says  the  historian, 
Diodotus,  the  son  of  Eucrates,  who  in  the  former 
assembly  spoke  most  strongly  against  putting  the 
Mytilenseans  to  death,  came  forward  and  said  as 
follows :  "I  neither  blame  those  who  have  a 
second  time  proposed  the  discussion  of  the  case 
of  the  Mytilenaeans,  nor  commend  those  who  object 
to  repeated  deliberation  on  the  most  important 
subjects;  but  I  think  that  the  two  things  most 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     109 

opposed  to  good  counsel  are  haste  and  passion, 
one  of  which  is  generally  the  companion  of  folly, 
and  the  other  of  coarseness  and  narrowness  of 
mind.  And  whoever  contends  that  measures 
should  not  be  thoroughly  discussed  is  either  want- 
ing in  understanding  or  is  acting  for  some  selfish 
interest  of  his  own." 

He  then  appealed  for  mercy  and  moderation. 
He  appealed  so  well  that  the  Athenians  reversed 
their  former  decree.  Only  then  does  it  appear  to 
have  occurred  to  them  that  their  system  of  hasty 
legislation  had  an  inconvenient  side,  for  the  ship 
that  carried  their  decree  of  yesterday  was  already 
on  its  way  to  the  island.  "  They  immediately 
dispatched  another  ship  with  all  speed,"  says  the 
historian,  "that  they  might  not  find  the  city 
destroyed  through  the  previous  arrival  of  the  first, 
which  had  the  start  by  a  day  and  a  night.  The 
Mytilenaean  ambassadors  having  provided  for  the 
vessel  wine  and  barley  cakes,  and  promising  a 
great  reward  if  they  should  arrive  first,  there  was 
such  haste  in  their  course  that  at  the  same  time 
as  they  rowed,  they  ate  cakes  kneaded  with  oil 
and  wine,  and  some  slept  in  turns  while  others 
rowed,  and  as  there  happened  to  be  no  wind  against 
them,  and  as  the  former  vessel  did  not  sail  in  any 
haste  on  so  horrible  a  business,  while  this  hurried 
on  in  the  manner  described,  though  the  other 
arrived  so  much  first  that  the  commander  had 
read  the  decree  and  was  on  the  point  of  executing 


110     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

the  sentence,  the  second  came  to  land  after  it  in 
time  to  prevent  the  butchery.  Into  such  imminent 
peril  did  the  Mytilenseans  come." 

Into  such  peril  also,  we  may  say,  did  the  Athe- 
nians come;  for  to  die  as  the  victims  of  such  a 
decree  is  not  more  terrible  than  to  live  as  its 
authors.  Now  it  is  clear  that  the  exact  circum- 
stances of  such  a  case  as  this  could  never  be 
repeated  in  a  modern  country.  Nations  have 
grown  so  large  that  their  powers  as  democracies 
are  no  longer  exercised  by  themselves  in  a  national 
market-place,  but  by  elected  representatives.  Nor 
is  there  much  danger,  as  we  may  feel,  of  a  repeti- 
tion of  the  particular  crime  that  the  Athenians  so 
nearly  committed.  If  there  were  no  other  kind 
of  case  in  which  intemperate  and  hasty  legislation 
could  do  harm,  the  inquiry  might  drop;  as  also, 
if  it  were  to  be  felt  that  the  rashness  of  an 
assembly  of  common  people  was  not  likely  to  be 
imitated  by  their  representatives  in  a  Parliament. 
Unfortunately,  it  is  only  too  easy  to  show  that  we 
can  take  refuge  in  no  such  consoling  notions. 
The  modern  world  gives  plenty  of  scope  for  injudi- 
cious legislation;  the  modern  legislative  body  is 
not  relieved  from  the  frailties  of  human  nature. 

Someone  shrewdly  observed  that  "the  House 
of  Commons  has  more  sense  than  anyone  in  it." 
This  saying  truly  expresses  one  of  the  virtues  of  a 
representative  body,  its  capacity  for  overruling  the 
suggestions  of  its  most  extreme  and  peculiar 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     111 

members.  But  there  is  a  counteracting  truth 
which  can  also  be  expressed  in  epigrammatic 
form,  namely,  that  few  members  of  the  House  of 
Commons  have  as  much  sense  as  those  who  sent 
them  there.  Here,  in  fact,  is  one  of  the  most 
extraordinary  features  of  modern  politics,  and  one 
of  the  most  easy  for  any  observer  to  prove  for 
himself. 

He  has  only  to  read  the  newspapers  and  talk 
with  his  neighbours.  It  must  be  supposed  that 
the  theory  of  representative  government  is  that 
the  members  of  a  Parliament  are  elected  by  citizens 
less  instructed,  less  prudent,  less  far-sighted,  less 
moderate  than  themselves.  The  theory  must  be 
that  the  bulk  of  a  constituency  fix  upon  a  person 
of  superior  wisdom  to  represent  them  in  a  chamber 
composed  of  other  persons  of  superior  wisdom, 
whose  collective  opinion  will  be  the  quintessence 
of  the  sober  judgment  of  the  country.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  in  case  after  case  and  subject  after 
subject,  the  reverse  process  can  be  seen.  Members 
of  Parliament  are  not  less  but  more  extreme  than 
their  constituents,  not  more  but  less  prudent,  not 
graver  in  reflection  but  quicker  in  impetuosity. 
They  are  more  deeply  interested  in  politics  than 
any  but  a  very  few  of  those  outside  the  walls  of 
their  House ;  they  are  more  thoroughly  convinced 
of  the  excellence  of  their  own  notions;  they  are 
more  vehemently  anxious  to  see  those  notions  put 
into  practice ;  and,  what  is  most  remarkable  of  all, 


THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

they  are  apt  to  lump  all  their  notions  together 
with  the  sure  conviction  that  every  single  one  of 
them  should  be  carried  into  law  with  the  least 
possible  delay.  In  a  word,  they  are  a  professional 
class. 

Our  most  recent  history  is  rich  in  warnings  of 
the  possible  results  of  the  unchecked  enthusiasms 
of  professional  partisans.  There  have  been  excep- 
tional times  when  the  vast  bulk  of  the  population 
have  passionately  adopted  one  side  in  politics.  At 
the  death  of  King  Edward  VI  the  reaction  against 
extreme  Protestantism  was  so  strong  that  the 
very  army  of  Protestants  that  marched  to  capture 
Queen  Mary  threw  up  their  caps  and  declared  for 
her.  Five  years  later  the  opposite  feeling  was  so 
strong  that  all  the  bells  in  every  town  were  set 
pealing  for  joy  at  the  news  that  she  was  dead. 
But  these  periods  of  extreme  feeling  have  been 
rare,  and  of  very  brief  duration.  The  normal 
attitude  of  Englishmen  towards  party  politics  is 
slow,  cautious,  and  extremely  moderate.  The 
excesses  of  his  opponents  he  is  inclined  to  take 
with  patient  grumbling.  The  excesses  of  his  own 
party  generally  shock  him.  And  so  he  remains, 
even  while  he  reads  a  press  which  never  ceases  to 
goad  him  into  a  daily  frenzy  this  way  or  that. 
Never  was  his  attitude  more  characteristic  than  at 
the  three  General  Elections  held  in  1906  and  in 
January  and  November  1910. 

In  1906,  the  election  turned  on  two  questions. 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     113 

A  moderate  preponderance  among  the  voters 
desired  a  change  of  Government  because  they 
were  tired  of  the  personalities  of  one  party,  and 
they  desired  to  avert  the  risk  of  the  rise  in  food 
prices  which  was  feared  as  a  consequence  of  Tariff 
Reform.  And  so  it  came  about  that  more  votes 
were  cast  for  Liberal  candidates  than  for  Unionist 
candidates.  The  difference  was  not  remarkable ; 
but  the  result  was  electrifying.  Cautious  electors 
discovered  to  their  surprise  that  they  were  being 
represented  by  an  overwhelming  majority  of  mem- 
bers of  Parliament  who  held  the  most  extreme 
views  on  all  sorts  of  questions  which  had  hardly 
entered  the  electors'  heads  during  the  period  of 
the  election.  The  House  of  Commons  quickly 
passed  an  Education  Bill  of  the  most  extreme 
character,  intensely  disliked  by  thousands  who 
had  voted  Liberal  at  the  election.  The  upper 
chamber  amended  that  Bill.  They  altered  it 
from  an  extreme  Bill  to  a  moderate  Bill.  In  this 
form,  in  which  it  might  perhaps  have  passed  with 
no  great  irritation  of  public  opinion,  the  Liberal 
majority  in  the  Commons  would  have  none  of  it. 
What  would  have  satisfied  public  opinion  did  not 
satisfy  the  extremists. 

In  the  next  year  another  band  of  enthusiasts 
took  the  field.  It  was  now  the  turn  of  the  ex- 
treme teetotallers.  The  Government  produced 
their  Licensing  Bill.  In  one  bye-election  after 
another  they  were  warned  by  sweeping  defeats 


114     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

that  this  measure  was  intensely  unpopular.  But 
the  warning  availed  nothing.  The  little  band  of 
enthusiasts  who  had  now  the  ear  of  the  Govern- 
ment continued  to  labour  for  the  passing  of  the 
most  unpopular  Bill  that  ever  came  before  Parlia- 
ment. It  passed  the  House  of  Commons,  and 
would  have  become  law  but  for  the  veto  of  the 
second  chamber. 

Then  came  the  General  Election  of  January  1910, 
which  turned  on  the  Budget  and  the  action  of 
the  House  of  Lords  in  regard  to  it.  It  was  of  this 
election  that  Mr.  Balfour  said,  with  strange  satire  : 
"The  country  has  pronounced.  What  it  has 
pronounced  I  do  not  know,  but  it  has  pronounced." 
But  Mr.  Balfour  was  doubtless  aware  that  he  was 
perhaps  overstating  the  matter,  for  the  truth  was 
that  the  country  had  not  pronounced  at  all. 
The  country  was  in  a  peculiarly  undecided  frame 
of  mind.  A  hundred  seats  had  turned  from 
Liberalism  to  Unionism,  an  exceptional  number 
of  contests  were  very  close,  and  the  balance  of 
opinion  was  obviously  as  narrow  as  could  well 
be.  The  scale  was  only  borne  down  by  the  acci- 
dental circumstance  that  the  Irish  vote,  though 
hostile  to  the  Budget,  was  cast  for  the  Govern- 
ment in  the  hope  of  securing  Home  Rule. 

Now  let  us  particularly  note,  what  no  honest 
critic  could  possibly  deny,  that  the  House  elected 
in  January  1910  was  the  product  of  an  undecided 
mood  among  the  electorate.  There  had  been  no 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     115 

strong  leaning  either  way.  There  had  been  many 
victories  for  Tariff  Reform,  yet  it  cannot  be  claimed 
that  the  electors,  even  in  England,  had  really  pro- 
nounced for  it.  There  had  been  many  seats  re- 
tained by  advocates  of  the  Budget,  yet  the  most 
that  Liberals  could  fairly  assert  was  a  slight  pre- 
ponderance of  opinion  in  its  favour.  Really,  this 
slight  preponderance  could  be  explained  away. 
But  we  will  assume  that  it  existed. 

What  was  the  result  ?  Within  six  months  the 
House  of  Commons  had  passed  a  Bill  to  repeal 
the  Constitution  of  England.  A  most  important 
and  violent  measure  of  revolution  had  passed  that 
chamber  which  was  supposed  to  represent  the  very 
electorate  which  nobody  can  deny  was  in  a  highly 
moderate  and  dubious  mood.  There  has  hardly 
ever  been  an  election  so  little  indicative  of  extreme 
views  in  the  country  as  that  of  January  1910. 
Yet  there  has  hardly  ever  been  a  party  in  Parlia- 
ment so  extreme  as  that  which  claimed  to  express 
the  mandate  of  that  particular  election. 

The  proposals  of  this  House  of  Commons  would 
have  proceeded  at  once  into  law  if  they  had  not 
been  checked  by  the  fear  of  rejection  in  the  second 
chamber.  As  will  be  remembered,  they  never 
reached  the  second  chamber.  The  Parliament  was 
dissolved  in  November  1910,  and  a  fresh  cycle  of 
events  began. 

It  is  difficult  to  estimate  the  actual  results  of 
the  General  Election  of  December  1910,  because 


116     THE    STATE    AND    THE  "CITIZEN 

the  issue  on  the  constitutional  question  was  not 
rightly  stated  by  the  Government.  The  country 
was  asked  whether  it  desired  a  change  in  the  re- 
lations of  the  two  Houses,  together  with  a  reform 
of  the  upper  house;  and  its  answer  to  this  was 
treated  as  a  mandate  for  the  abolition  of  the  veto 
of  the  House  of  Lords.  This  point,  however,  does 
not  concern  us  at  the  moment.  What  is  import- 
ant is  that  the  result  of  the  election  showed  the 
feelings  of  the  electorate  to  be  quite  as  undecided 
as  in  the  election  of  January.  England  returned 
a  majority  against  the  Government.  Great  Britain 
returned  a  slight  preponderance  of  members  in 
the  Government's  favour.  Again,  the  majorities 
were  unusually  narrow.  The  votes  of  Irish  Home 
Rulers  completed  the  totals  of  an  election  which 
had  shown  the  country  to  be  anything  but  in  an 
extremist  frame  of  mind. 

We  know  the  result  of  the  interpretation  of 
their  so-called  mandate  by  enthusiastic  party  poli- 
ticians. The  constitution  was  torn  up.  A  Home 
Rule  Bill  was  introduced,  though  Home  Rule  had 
gone  practically  unmentioned  by  the  Liberal  party 
during  the  election — a  Bill  to  do  that  which  the 
electorate  had  twice  explicitly  and  emphatically 
condemned,  once  in  1886  and  once  in  1895 — a 
Bill  to  do  what  the  electorate  had  no  thought  of 
encouraging  or  permitting. 

Enough  has  been  said  by  now  to  show  that  there 
is  no  safety  in  the  hope  that  representatives  will 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     117 

be  more  cautious  and  moderate  than  those  they 
represent.  In  every  public-house  there  are  ten 
moderate  men  for  one  who  even  approaches  the 
extreme  views  embodied  in  partisan  legislation. 
It  is  the  same  in  every  club  and  every  home,  for 
the  ordinary  man  does  not  and  cannot,  fortunately, 
contract  the  political  fevers  that  afflict  those  whose 
lives  consist  wholly  of  politics.  Yet  it  is  this 
ordinary  man  who  is,  in  fact,  the  People  with  a 
capital  P.  More,  he  is  the  victim  on  whom  the 
politician  experiments  and  the  sufferer  from  all 
rashness  and  error. 

Broadly  speaking;  the  single-chamber  system 
exposes  a  country  to  two  kinds  of  danger.  The 
first  is  short  and  sharp,  like  a  blow  on  the  head ; 
the  second  is  gradual  and  chronic,  like  residence 
in  unhealthy  climates.  The  first  is  in  the  pre- 
cipitate and  enthusiastic  action  of  a  majority  pos- 
sibly quite  small  and  possibly  quite  temporary, 
which  passes  laws  upon  the  gravest  subjects,  not 
because  they  have  any  popular  authority  to  do  so, 
but  because  the  professional  extremists  of  their 
party  find  it  convenient  or  congenial  to  make  this 
use  of  an  opportunity  which  may  not  recur. 

The  best  and  neatest  instance  is  that  of  the 
second  Home  Rule  Bill.  It  will  be  remembered 
that  this  Bill  was  passed  by  a  House  of  Commons 
in  which  Mr.  Gladstone  had  one  of  the  smallest 
working  majorities  on  record.  It  was  thrown  out 
by  the  House  of  Lords.  It  was  passed  by  the 

E 


118     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Commons  in  1893,  and,  under  the  provisions  of 
the  Parliament  Act  of  1911,  it  would  have  become 
law  in  1895.  The  House  of  Commons,  which 
passed  that  Bill,  continued  to  exist  and  support 
the  Home  Rule  Government  until  1895,  and,  if 
the  Parliament  Act  had  then  been  in  force,  it 
would  have  continued  to  support  the  Government 
a  little  longer  than  it  did.  Home  Rule  would 
have  become  law.  Without  spending  one  sentence 
upon  the  dangers  and  calamities  which  Home 
Rule  would  bring,  it  is  enough  to  say  that  that 
momentous  change  would  actually  have  taken 
place,  under  the  system  established  by  the  Parlia- 
ment Act,  at  the  very  moment  when  the  country 
was  voting  its  condemnation  by  immense  majori- 
ties in  the  General  Election  of  July  1895.  In 
those  days  we  had  a  double-chamber  system,  and 
it  worked  so  as  to  give  the  country  the  opportunity 
of  saving  itself. 

Such  is  the  short  and  sharp  danger  of  the 
single  -  chamber  system.  But  there  is  another 
danger,  the  continuous  and  corrosive,  of  which  we 
have  an  instance  not  less  striking.  What  subject 
has  ever  seemed  so  dull  as  that  of  parliamentary 
procedure  ?  At  a  time  when  the  House  of 
Commons  does  not  enjoy  the  degree  of  reverence 
once  accorded  to  it,  the  wrangles  of  its  members 
over  the  closure  and  the  time-table,  the  guillotine 
and  the  kangaroo,  have  wearied  the  minds  even 
of  people  generally  interested  in  politics.  It  would, 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     119 

therefore,  have  been  with  some  surprise  that  any- 
one who  had  been  absent  from  England  for  a  few 
months  would  hare  returned  in  the  autumn  of 
1911  to  find  a  group  of  bye-elections  in  which 
these  dull  subjects  had  suddenly  acquired  the 
greatest  possible  interest.  Such  was  the  trans- 
formation wrought  by  the  National  Insurance 
Bill. 

The  subject  is  really  worthy  of  some  attention. 
Very  large  numbers  of  people  have  been  under 
the  impression  that,  however  fierce  might  be  the 
strife  of  parties,  however  noisy  and  unruly  an 
opposition  in  the  House  of  Commons  might 
become,  such  things  could  have  no  possible 
effect  upon  the  private  lives  of  ordinary  people. 
Questions  affecting  the  Constitution,  in  particular, 
have  seemed  to  be  very  remote  from  daily  life. 
The  constitutional  convulsion  of  July  1911  was 
taken  by  many  people  quite  as  calmly  as  an  earth- 
quake occurring  in  Martinique,  though  they  could 
see  how  greatly  it  perturbed  the  politicians. 

To  take  one  minute  instance  for  the  sake  of 
illustration  only,  there  was  a  group  of  people  in 
one  English  county  whose  livelihood  depended 
largely  on  work  in  the  glove  trade,  which,  in  small 
but  welcome  quantities,  was  handed  out  weekly 
to  numbers  of  women  and  girls  in  the  families  of 
agricultural  workfolk.  Among  these  there  was 
certainly  very  little  thought  that  the  dealings  of 
the  Government  with  the  Constitution  could  pos- 


120     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

sibly  affect  the  even  tenour  of  their  days.  But 
they  suddenly  awoke  to  the  fact  that  a  Bill  was 
being  hurried  through  Parliament,  with  hardly 
the  semblance  of  discussion,  which  was  going  to 
deprive  them  forever  of  the  work  on  which  they 
had  depended  for  as  long  as  they  could  remember 
for  everything  except  the  barest  subsistence.  This 
Bill  was  the  Insurance  Bill,  which  was  passing 
almost  entirely  undiscussed  through  the  House 
of  Commons. 

It  was  passing,  in  effect,  under  a  single-chamber 
system,  for  the  upper  chamber  was  given  no  time 
in  which  to  discuss  it ;  politicians  were  aware  that 
the  smallest  attempt  at  revision  by  the  Lords 
would  immediately  have  been  taken  by  one  party 
as  an  attempt  to  wreck  the  Bill,  and  used  as 
ammunition  for  an  unscrupulous  campaign  of 
calumny ;  and  thirdly,  it  was  well  understood  that 
the  Government  were  not  going  to  allow  the 
revising  chamber  to  have  any  hand  in  this  im- 
portant measure. 

The  result  was  that  a  Bill  of  unexampled  com- 
plexity, affecting  the  personal  fortunes  of  the 
greater  part  of  the  population,  was  passed  into 
law  by  a  single  chamber  which  had  not  time  to 
consider  more  than  a  fraction  of  its  clauses.  This 
it  was  that  roused  the  electors  to  an  interest  in 
parliamentary  procedure.  They  had  discovered 
that  upon  these  dim  and  remote  questions  in 
London  depended  the  livelihood  of  many  of 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     121 

themselves.  They  were  taught  how  sharply  their 
homes  might  feel  the  difference  between  a  good 
and  a  bad  Constitution. 

We  should  see,  therefore,  that  the  second  of 
the  dangers  of  the  single-chamber  system  is  the 
danger  of  unrevised  and  hurried  legislation.  As 
it  has  been  shown  that  this  evil  may  have  a  direct 
personal  bearing  on  the  fortunes  of  anyone,  so  it 
is  clear  that  it  is  an  evil  that  must  become  more 
general  with  every  year  that  passes.  For  good 
or  ill  the  age  in  which  we  live  is  committed  to 
a  course  of  social  legislation  which  increases  in 
bulk  each  year,  and  touches  ever  more  intimately 
our  lives  and  doings.  And  so,  at  once,  the  work 
of  legislation  is  becoming  more  copious,  more 
important,  and  more  difficult.  The  need  for  a 
chamber  of  revision  becomes  greater,  and  not  less. 
There  is  no  hope  of  good  legislation  unless  the 
function  of  a  second  chamber  is  performed,  and 
thoroughly  performed,  not  only  to  check  the 
excesses  of  excited  politicians  at  times  of  crisis 
and  fever,  but  also  from  year  to  year,  from  day 
to  day,  to  revise  and  correct  the  work  of  the 
lower  chamber,  and  to  interpose  delay  in  cases 
where  revision  will  not  suffice.  It  is  hardly  neces- 
sary to  add  that  a  mass  of  unwise  legislation,  in 
the  long  run,  may  prove  not  less  fatal  than  a 
single  swift  calamity.  In  short,  and  passing  over 
a  multitude  of  little  grievances  and  evils,  it  kills 
the  confidence  of  the  people  in  its  rulers,  it  makes 


122     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

little  leaks  in  tlie  ship  of  national  prosperity, 
and  works  slowly  the  harm  that  a  catastrophe 
completes  quickly. 

So  far,  our  argument  has  dealt  with  that  which 
might  occur  in  any  country  that  deprived  itself 
of  the  advantages  of  a  sane  system  of  legislation. 
We  have  now  to  consider  what  may  not  have 
been  expected,  that  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
Kingdom  is  such  as  to  require  a  checking  and 
revising  chamber  more  urgently  than  would  be 
the  case  in  other  lands.  For  this  purpose,  it  will 
be  necessary  to  make  some  comparisons  which 
will  probably  be  found  to  possess  a  good  deal  of 
interest.  We  shall  take  the  United  States  of 
America  as  representing  the  presidential  system 
of  government,  and  France  as  representing  a 
parliamentary  system  like  our  own. 

The  President  of  the  United  States  is  elected 
once  in  four  years,  and  in  power  he  remains  till 
the  four  years  are  ended,  no  matter  how  thoroughly 
ent  and  people  may  wish  to  get  rid  of 
him.  He  appoints  his  Ministers,  he  directs  the 
executive  government  in  peace  and  war,  and  there 
is  no  power  that  can  control  him.  Similarly, 
once  in  two  years  the  electors  elect  the  lower 
chamber  of  the  Parliament.  This  chamber  also 
sits  secure  for  its  allotted  period.  No  power  can 
dissolve  it ;  no  power  can  direct  its  deliberations. 
The  President  and  his  Ministers  do  not  and  may 
not  sit  in  it.  There  is  no  sort  of  interdependence 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     123 

between  the  activities  and  existence  of  the  Ministry 
and  the  Parliament. 

With  us,  on  the  other  hand,  the  first  action  of 
a  newly-elected  House  of  Commons  is  to  see  that 
the  Ministry  pleases  it.  If  the  House  has  a  majo- 
rity of  one  party  and  the  Ministry  is  of  the  other 
party,  that  Ministry  is  dismissed  at  once.  Before 
the  House  has  come  to  work  it  is  quite  certain 
that  the  Ministry,  sitting  in  its  midst,  will  be  a 
part  of  its  majority,  and  in  the  closest  relations 
with  that  majority,  and  dependent  from  day  to  day 
on  that  majority,  and  dependent  also  on  any 
section  of  that  majority  which,  by  a  timely  revolt, 
might  turn  the  majority  into  a  minority.  Such 
is  parliamentary  as  distinct  from  presidential 
government. 

Clearly  this  system  must  give  to  the  sections  of 
the  majority  a  powerful  hold  over  the  Ministry. 
With  this,  however,  we  are  not  concerned.  What 
matters  to  our  inquiry  is  the  hold  which  is  won 
by  sections  of  the  majority,  through  the  Ministry, 
over  the  chamber  itself.  In  America  the  only 
influence  that  President  and  Ministry  can  bring  to 
bear  on  the  Parliament  is  to  send  it  a  message 
requesting  it  to  do  this  or  that.  There  is  no  com- 
pelling it ;  there  is  no  dissolving  it.  But  in  this 
country  the  Ministry  directs  almost  everything 
that  the  Parliament  does.  It  prepares  the  Bills,  it 
allots  the  time,  it  guides  and  controls  at  every  stage, 
and  it  can  dissolve  if  its  authority  is  questioned. 


THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Notice  the  difference  of  the  two  systems.  In 
Washington  the  Ministry  and  the  parliament 
pursue  independent  careers,  and  neither  can  destroy 
the  other.  In  London  the  Ministry  can  destroy 
the  Parliament,  yet  cannot  endure  for  a  day  while 
the  Parliament  continues  unless  the  majority  sup- 
ports it.  The  result  is  that  the  activities  of  the 
House  of  Commons  are  wholly  controlled  by  the 
Ministry,  which  is  itself  controlled  by  any  section 
on  whose  votes  it  may  depend.  Such  a  situation 
could  never  arise  in  the  lower  chamber  of  the 
United  States.  (  Nor  yet  does  it  arise  in  the  lower 
chamber  of  France?) 

In  the  House  of  Representatives  there  is  no 
Government  through  which  a  section  may  enforce 
its  will.  In  the  French  Chamber  there  is  a 
Government,  and  a  Government  depending,  like 
our  own,  on  the  continuance  of  the  chamber's 
support.  But  a  very  important  difference  may  be 
observed.  The  fact  is  that  while  the  defeat  and 
fall  of  an  Administration  here  is  an  event  of  the 
first  magnitude,  the  defeat  and  fall  of  an  Adminis- 
tration in  France  is  a  matter  of  little  or  no  conse- 
quence to  anyone  except  the  Ministers  and  their 
wives  and  families.  In  France  the  event  does  not 
mean  so  much  as  a  change  of  parties.  The  Cabinet, 
which  is  much  smaller  than  in  England,  is  replaced 
by  another  batch  of  statesmen  holding  roughly 
the  same  views  as  their  predecessors,  supported 
by  an  informal  coalition  of  some  of  the  many 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     125 

party  groups  into  which  the  chamber  is  divided ; 
and  thus,  every  thing  goes  on  as  before  for  a  period 
of  some  months,  until  another  little  upheaval  of 
the  groups  throws  out  the  Ministers  again  and 
chooses  a  fresh  set  with  identical  opinions.  It  is 
not  easy  to  say  why  the  French  groups  and  sec- 
tions should  not  be  as  formidable  as  ours.  There 
is  no  reason  why  they  should  not  become  so  in 
time.  But,  in  fact,  they  have  shown  no  such  ten- 
dency. They  confine  themselves  to  the  luxury  of 
changing  Ministries  at  frequent  intervals,  and  do 
not  seek  to  impose  their  legislative  hobbies  on  the 
chamber  as  a  whole. 

Now  it  is  of  the  essence  of  the  idea  of  sections 
in  this  country  that  each  has  a  pet  policy  on  which 
its  heart  is  set.  From  the  nature  of  the  case  the 
policy  is  not  likely  to  be  one  which  commands 
much  support  in  the  country  as  a  whole,  or  its 
advocacy  would  not  be  confined  to  a  section.  But 
the  Constitution  gives  it,  as  we  have  seen,  an  arti- 
ficial advantage.  The  section  can  impose  it  on 
the  Government  by  the  threat  of  withdrawing 
support.  The  Government  can  impose  it  on  the 
chamber  by  the  threat  of  dissolution. 

This  was  the  means  by  which  the  Irish  Nation- 
alists forced  forward  in  1912  the  policy  of  Home 
Rule,  which  the  Liberals  never  touched  while  they 
had  an  independent  majority  to  make  them  their 
own  masters.  It  was  the  means  by  which  a  small 
group  of  Welsh  members,  in  the  same  year,  forced 


126     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

forward  their  attack  on  the  Church  of  England. 
It  is  a  ready  weapon  in  the  hands  of  any  section 
numerically  strong  enough  to  give  the  Govern- 
ment a  fright,  and  it  makes  not  the  slightest  differ- 
ence whether  the  section's  policy  is  one  that  the 
Government,  the  House,  and  the  country  all 
dislike.  Thus  it  is  that  the  working  of  the  British 
Constitution  makes  the  need  for  a  second  chamber 
more  urgent  than  it  is  in  foreign  countries.  There 
is  no  other  means  by  which  the  activities  of  groups 
and  sections  can  be  checked. 

It  remains  to  add  a  word  about  one  incidental 
consequence  of  the  Parliament  Act  of  1911.  That 
Act  not  only  exposed  the  country  to  the  domina- 
tion of  any  body  of  men  with  a  handful  of  votes 
in  the  House  of  Commons,  but  it  imposed  upon 
the  lower  chamber  the  necessity  of  making  great 
haste  with  any  legislation  of  doubtful  or  definitely 
injurious  character.  The  Act  gave  the  House  of 
Lords  the  power  of  interposing  two  years'  delay 
between  the  date  of  a  Bill's  second  reading  in  the 
Commons  and  the  date  of  its  automatically  pass- 
ing into  law.  If  the  Parliament  should  expire 
during  the  two  years,  the  Bill  would  fail  to  pass. 
Hence  the  necessity  for  a  Bill  to  be  introduced 
early  in  the  career  of  the  Parliament,  a  necessity 
affecting  not  only  this  or  that  Bill,  but  every  Bill 
of  every  sort  which  had  to  be  passed  in  the  teeth 
of  opposition  from  the  second  chamber  of  the 
country. 


THE    SINGLE-CHAMBER    SYSTEM     127 

By  such  an  ingenious  contrivance  it  was  ensured 
that  bad  Bills  should  not  only  become  law,  but 
should  be  got  through  in  a  violent  hurry.  And 
any  good  Bill  undertaken  at  the  same  time  only 
increases  the  need  for  hasty  treatment  of  itself  as 
well  as  the  others.  It  was  for  this  reason  that 
the  Insurance  Act  was  rushed  through  the  House 
of  Commons  without  an  approach  to  adequate 
discussion,  for  it  had  to  be  cleared  out  of  the  way 
to  leave  time  for  the  Irish  and  Welsh  Bills. 

All  human  institutions  are  liable  to  err,  and 
each  has  its  characteristic  danger.  A  second 
chamber  may  sometimes  reject  a  good  Bill  or  pass 
a  bad  one.  It  may  sometimes  delay  a  Bill  which 
should  not  have  been  delayed,  and  sometimes  it 
may  change  it  for  the  worse.  But  the  rule  of 
prudence  is  to  weigh  the  evil  against  the  good. 
The  possible  harm  to  be  done  by  a  second  chamber 
is  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  certain  and  grievous 
danger  that  attends  the  single-chamber  system. 


CHAPTER   VIII 

THE  PARLIAMENT  ACT  AND  THE  SINGLE- 
CHAMBER  SYSTEM. 

THE  further  we  penetrate  into  the  region  of  stormy 
feeling  the  more  necessary  does  it  become  that  we 
should  take  care  not  to  be  carried  away.  A  per- 
fectly frank  and  avowed  hostility  does  not  often 
arouse  resentment.  A  politician  who  should 
openly  say  that  he  desires  to  wreck  the  Constitu- 
tion in  order  to  bring  the  majority  of  Englishmen 
under  the  yoke  of  a  small  group  of  doctrinaires, 
and  a  league  of  little  racial  cliques,  would  be 
likely  to  shock  our  moral  feeling  but  not  to  stir 
the  bitterest  sort  of  passion.  It  is  when  base 
actions  are  disguised  under  the  hypocritical  trap- 
pings of  superhuman  virtue  that  anger  begins  to 
stir  in  the  minds  of  ordinary  people.  In  all  the 
transactions  connected  with  the  passing  of  the 
Parliament  Act  of  1911  there  was  unfortunately 
much  of  this  virtuous  draping  of  base  motives 
and  mean  tricks,  with  the  result  that  they  left 
more  bitterness  than  was  necessary.  But  it  is 
well  to  put  such  feelings  aside,  so  far  as  possible, 

128 


THE    PARLIAMENT   ACT  129 

in  the  attempt  to  reach  a  just  appreciation  of  the 
state  of  our  Constitution  as  that  Act  left  it. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  from  the  accession 
of  William  IV  until  just  before  the  first  jubilee  of 
Queen  Victoria  the  Liberal  party  enjoyed  a  pre- 
ponderating share  of  power.  Only  on  two  occasions 
were  they  decisively  beaten,  and  on  each  of  these 
their  defeat  was  turned  to  victory  within  six 
years.  The  last  and  greatest  of  their  triumphs 
was  in  1880,  and,  after  this,  the  character  of  the 
party  system  began  to  undergo  a  change.  The 
Irish  Nationalists  emerged  as  an  independent 
group,  with  the  avowed  intention  of  selling  them- 
selves to  the  highest  bidder  in  English  politics. 
Only  one  satisfactory  bid  was  made.  It  was  made 
by  Mr.  Gladstone  in  1886,  after  he  had  been  re- 
turned to  power  with  a  very  small  majority. 
With  the  support  of  Irish  votes  he  saw  the  possi- 
bility of  a  prolonged  tenure  of  office,  which  was 
otherwise  impossible,  and  he  offered  a  Home  Rule 
Bill  as  the  price  of  Irish  support.  The  bargain 
was  struck ;  the  Liberal  party  was  rent  in  two ; 
and  the  country  in  a  General  Election  dismissed 
the  Gladstonian  Liberals  to  impotence. 

No  party  likes  the  prospect  of  being  excluded 
from  power  for  ever.  This  was  what  faced  Mr. 
Gladstone  and  his  faithful  remnant  in  the  years 
that  followed  1886.  They  had  tied  themselves 
fast  to  a  stone  too  heavy  to  roll  up  the  electoral 
hill,  the  heavy  stone  of  Home  Rule.  So  the  years 


130     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

passed  in  gloom  for  the  Liberal  party,  while  the 
efflux  of  time  was  bringing  another  General  Elec- 
tion nearer  and  nearer. 

Shortly  before  the  General  Election  of  1892  the 
Liberal  leaders,  from  the  midst  of  their  embarrass- 
ments as  the  champions  of  the  unpopular  policy 
of  Home  Rule,  hit  on  the  idea  which  has  occupied 
so  considerable  a  place  in  the  history  of  England 
from  that  time  to  this.  Like  other  remarkable 
inventions,  it  was  so  simple,  once  stated,  that  the 
wonder  is  that  it  had  not  been  thought  of  before. 
It  was,  briefly,  to  adopt  the  whims  and  fads  of 
every  little  group  of  voters  in  the  country  and 
roll  them  up  together  and  call  them  the  policy 
of  the  Liberal  party. 

So  doing,  they  could  find  a  place  for  Home 
Rule,  securing  the  Irish  votes,  though  there  would 
be  so  many  other  topics  that  it  would  hardly  be 
necessary  to  mention  Home  Rule  in  any  English 
constituency  where  it  might  not  be  popular.  The 
convenience  of  the  arrangement  was  obvious. 
Welsh  Disestablishment  was  adopted  to  please 
the  Welsh  and  the  Nonconformists,  and  the 
licensing  policy  known  as  Local  Veto  was  adopted 
to  please  the  teetotallers.  The  payment  of  mem- 
bers of  Parliament  was  adopted,  together,  with  the 
cry  of  "  One  Man  One  Vote,"  to  please  the  advanced 
Radicals.  There  was  something  for  everybody, 
and,  if  everybody  would  hold  together,  there  was 
the  prospect  of  a  majority  for  the  Liberals  in  the 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT  131 

new  Parliament.  It  was  this  device,  this  welding 
of  policies  to  please  everybody,  that  is  known  in 
history  as  the  Newcastle  Programme. 

At  the  General  Election  in  1892  the  Liberals 
were  returned  to  power  with  one  of  the  smallest 
majorities  that  ever  a  party  had,  and  at  once  it 
was  necessary  for  them  to  set  about  giving  every- 
one that  which  the  Newcastle  Programme  had 
promised.  There  was  not  a  day  to  be  lost,  for  the 
defection  of  any  one  of  the  little  groups  would 
have  left  the  Government  in  a  minority.  So  the 
Bills  were  produced  one  after  another,  the  Bill  for 
the  Irish,  and  the  Bill  for  the  teetotallers,  and  the 
Bill  for  the  Welsh  and  the  Nonconformists,  and 
each  little  group  put  its  shoulders  to  the  wheel  and 
helped  the  other  little  groups  in  return  for  the 
help  the  other  little  groups  were  to  give  to  it. 
With  the  result,  for  the  most  part,  we  need  not 
concern  ourselves.  Bill  after  Bill  was  adopted 
in  failure  and  discredit.  It  was  the  process,  in 
fact,  which  Lord  Rosebery  afterwards  called 
"ploughing  the  sands" — the  miserable  process  of 
trying  to  force  unpopular  legislation  on  a  restive 
and  scornful  country. 

The  Bills  of  the  party  were  smothered,  most  of 
them,  before  they  left  the  House  of  Commons. 
But  there  was  one  which  the  Commons  were 
compelled  to  pass.  This  was  the  Bill  which  was 
demanded  by  the  largest  and  most  resolute  of  all 
the  sections  supporting  the  Government:  it  was 


THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

the  Home  Rule  Bill.  It  was  passed  by  the 
Commons  and  rejected  by  the  Lords. 

The  lesson  was  never  forgotten.  The  Newcastle 
Programme,  though  loyally  carried  out  by  the 
Government  and  the  sections,  had  failed  to  give 
the  Nationalists  their  desire  of  Home  Rule.  It 
had  failed,  because  the  action  of  the  second 
chamber  held  up  the  Bill  until  the  country  had 
a  chance  of  sweeping  away  both  it  and  the  Govern- 
ment that  favoured  it.  Failure  had  befallen  the 
whole  plan  of  the  co-operation  of  small  groups  to 
help  one  another  to  get  what  the  general  will  of 
the  country  would  refuse  to  give  them.  The 
failure,  in  the  most  conspicuous  instance,  was  due 
to  the  action  of  the  second  chamber,  and  from 
that  moment  the  Irish  Nationalists  decided  that 
the  second  chamber  must  go.  The  same  feeling 
affected  the  other  disappointed  sections  in  varying 
degrees. 

After  this  came  the  period  described  by  Sir 
Henry  Campbell-Bannerman  as  ten  years  of  Tory 
Government.  It  was  followed  by  a  period  of  four 
years  of  Liberal  Government  about  which  there 
was  a  very  remarkable  peculiarity.  This  was  in 
the  fact  that  the  Liberal  Government  had  such  a 
good  majority  as  to  be  able  to  send  several  of 
the  sections  about  their  business.  They  did  not 
depend  on  Irish  votes,  having  a  majority  over 
Unionists  and  Irish  combined.  So  there  was  no 
talk  of  Home  Rule.  Other  sections  had  indeed 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT  133 

sufficient  influence  to  press  their  claims  on  the 
Government.  There  was  a  Licensing  Bill,  for  in- 
stance, and  a  Welsh  Disestablishment  Bill;  but, 
on  the  failure  of  these,  whether  through  the  action 
of  the  second  chamber  or  for  some  other  reason, 
no  great  outcry  was  raised.  The  reason  was  that 
the  Government  was  too  strong  to  fear  any  sec- 
tion. Their  resentment  against  the  House  of  Lords 
went  no  further  than  to  make  them  give  a  few 
days  of  Parliamentary  time  to  the  passing  of  three 
resolutions  in  the  House  of  Commons  which,  hav- 
ing no  more  legal  force  than  moral  force,  did 
nobody  any  harm  nor  any  good. 

After  the  General  Election  of  January  1910  the 
situation  changed  once  more.  Once  again  there 
was  a  Liberal  Government  that  depended  on  its 
sections  for  the  votes  necessary  to  life.  Once 
again  the  Irish  Nationalists  were  in  a  position  to 
induce  the  Government  to  compel  the  House  of 
Commons  to  undertake  a  Home  Rule  Bill.  But 
they  had  not  forgotten  the  Home  Rule  Bill  of 
1893,  nor  the  fate  which  overtook  it.  They  re- 
membered the  lesson,  and  knew  that  it  was  waste 
of  time  to  press  for  a  Home  Rule  Bill  until  the 
double-chamber  system  was  upset.  That  system 
had  proved  the  rock  on  which  their  hopes  were 
shattered  in  1893,  and  until  that  rock  was  blown 
out  of  the  water  the  time  spent  on  another  Bill 
would  be  wasted.  And  so,  instead  of  using  com- 
pulsion to  make  the  Government  take  up  a  Home 


134     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Rule  Bill,  instigated  a  Bill  for  the  removal  of  the 
power  of  the  second  chamber. 

It  is  sometimes  protested  that  the  system  estab- 
lished by  the  Parliament  Act  should  not  be  called 
a  single-chamber  system.  There  still  remains  a 
body  called  the  House  of  Lords,  with  power  to 
delay  a  Bill  for  two  years.  But  if  the  Parliament 
Act  had  not  set  up  a  single-chamber  system  it 
would  never  have  satisfied  the  Irish  Nationalists. 
The  double-chamber  system  had  baffled  them 
once,  and  they  were  perfectly  well  aware  that  it 
would  baffle  them  again  if  it  endured  long  enough 
to  cause  the  Home  Rule  Bill  of  1912  to  be  referred 
to  the  judgment  of  the  country,  like  the  Bill  of 
1893.  That  system,  therefore,  had  to  go ;  nothing 
less  than  its  effective  removal  would  have  been 
acceptable  to  the  Irish  Nationalist  section. 

Yet,  even  as  the  matter  then  stood,  after  the 
election  of  January  1910,  the  double-chamber 
system  might  have  withstood  the  attacks  of  its 
enemies  had  it  not  been  for  the  fact  that  from 
the  highest  Ministerial  quarters  no  statement  was 
made  which  could  be  proved  to  be  literally  and 
verbally  untrue,  and  yet  it  was  found  possible, 
without  literal  lying,  to  obtain  the  advantages  de- 
sired. An  impression  was  spread  abroad  in  the 
country  that  the  step  to  be  undertaken  was  not 
the  abolition  of  the  double-chamber  system,  but 
the  alteration  of  the  existing  second  chamber  into 
a  new  and  improved  second  chamber.  A  part  of 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT  135 

the  skilfulness  of  this  device  was  due  to  the  action 
taken  by  the  Unionist  party  in  admitting,  of  their 
own  free  will,  that  the  existing  second  chamber 
was  not  perfect.  "No/'  said  the  Liberals,  "we 
agree  with  the  Unionists :  all  are  agreed  on  that ; 
and  we  will  set  up  a  new  second  chamber  which 
shall  be  thoroughly  satisfactory." 

By  this  ingenious  plan  the  Liberal  party  ob- 
tained their  narrow  victory  in  the  General  Elec- 
tion of  December  1910,  and  it  was  certainly  the 
reward  for  uncommon  political  cleverness.  Under 
the  impression  that  the  second  chamber  was  to 
be  reformed,  the  electorate  accepted  the  preamble 
to  the  Parliament  Act,  1911,  as  being  the  expres- 
sion of  a  sincere  intention.  That  preamble,  the 
explanatory  preface  to  the  Act,  announced  and 
promised  the  establishment  of  a  new  and  improved 
second  chamber.  The  promise  was  accepted  by 
the  electorate,  of  which  the  less  reflecting  portion 
was  also  misled  by  the  cry  of  ''Peers  versus 
People."  This  cry  led  to  the  belief  that  votes 
cast  for  Liberals  were  votes,  not  against  the  double- 
chamber  system,  but  against  individuals  who  were 
then  in  a  phase  of  unpopularity  with  most  persons 
of  Liberal  sympathies.  The  methods  used  to  get  the 
Crown  to  promise  a  creation  of  peers  in  the  event  of 
the  Parliament  Bill  being  thrown  out  by  the  House 
of  Lords  need  not  be  enlarged  upon  here.  It  is 
enough  to  say  that  they  bore  a  strong  resemblance 
to  those  used  in  dealing  with  the  electorate. 


136     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

The  Irish  Nationalist  section,  however,  had  now 
triumphed.  At  the  beginning  of  1911  the  new 
Parliament  assembled  and  shortly  afterwards  pro- 
ceeded to  pass  the  Parliament  Bill,  by  which  the 
obstacle  to  Home  Rule  was  to  be  removed.  One 
clause  of  this  entirely  removed  Money  Bills  from 
the  purview  of  the  second  chamber,  making  it  im- 
possible for  the  second  chamber  either  to  amend 
or  reject  them.  Then  came  the  clause  that  dealt 
with  legislation  of  other  kinds.  This  must  be 
given  in  full. 

The  Parliament  Act.     Clause  II. 

"  If  any  Public  Bill  (other  than  a  Money  Bill 
or  a  Bill  containing  any  provision  to  extend  the 
maximum  duration  of  Parliament  beyond  five 
years)  is  passed  by  the  House  of  Commons  in 
three  successive  sessions  (whether  of  the  same 
Parliament  or  not),  and,  having  been  sent  up  to 
the  House  of  Lords  at  least  one  month  before 
the  end  of  the  session,  is  rejected  by  the  House 
of  Lords  in  each  of  those  sessions,  that  Bill  shall, 
on  its  rejection  for  the  third  time  by  the  House 
of  Lords,  unless  the  House  of  Commons  direct 
to  the  contrary,  be  presented  to  His  Majesty  and 
become  an  Act  of  Parliament  on  the  Royal  Assent 
being  signified  thereto,  notwithstanding  that  the 
House  of  Lords  have  not  consented  to  the  Bill: 
Provided  that  this  provision  shall  not  take  effect 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT  137 

unless  two  years  have  elapsed  between  the  date 
of  the  second  reading  in  the  first  of  those  sessions 
of  the  Bill  in  the  House  of  Commons,  and  the 
date  on  which  it  passes  the  House  of  Commons 
in  the  third  of  those  sessions." 

To  any  one  who  reads  the  clause  slowly  and 
carefully  its  meaning  is  perfectly  plain.  Its  mean- 
ing is  not  plain  at  all  if  it  be  read  together  with 
the  promises  contained  in  the  preamble  to  the 
Bill,  but  its  object  was  that  a  Bill  thrice  passed 
by  the  House  of  Commons  should  become  law 
without  the  assent  of  the  second  chamber  or  the 
people.  That  is  to  say,  a  Bill  thrice  passed  by  a 
single  chamber  becomes  law.  It  does  not  matter 
if  the  Bill  be  passed  by  a  majority  of  one  vote : 
the  effect  is  the  same.  It  does  not  matter  that 
in  every  month  of  the  two  years  a  Government 
may  lose  a  bye-election:  the  effect  is  the  same. 
It  does  not  matter  that  the  Bill  may  be  the  most 
revolutionary,  the  most  iniquitous,  or  the  most 
unpopular :  the  effect  is  the  same.  It  does  not 
matter  that  the  Bill  may  be  one  which  the 
Commons  themselves  dislike,  such  as  a  Home 
Rule  Bill,  which  they  pass  only  because  a  section 
is  able  to  intimidate  the  Government  into  com- 
pelling the  House  to  pass  it :  the  Parliament  Act 
will  still  turn  that  Bill  into  law  in  the  single 
chamber. 

These  considerations  were   clearly  revealed  in 


138     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

the  course  of  the  passing  of  the  Parliament  Act, 
by  reason  of  the  amendments  which  the  House 
of  Lords  sought  to  introduce  into  it.  A  part  of 
the  adroitness  of  the  Liberal  Government  in  their 
dealings  with  the  Bill  in  the  country  was  that  they 
caused  the  General  Election  to  be  held  before,  and 
not  after,  the  amendments  of  the  second  chamber 
had  thrown  light  on  their  intentions.  The  con- 
stitutional practice  had  been  for  a  Government 
to  appeal  to  the  country  after  a  Bill  had  been 
rejected  by  the  Lords,  or,  after  the  agreement  of 
the  two  Houses  had  been  shown  to  be  impossible. 
By  this  means  the  country  could  judge  between 
the  Houses;  it  had  heard  the  case  of  each,  and 
was  in  a  position  to  make  a  decision.  In  the  case 
of  the  Parliament  Act  the  country  was  called 
upon  to  decide  before  the  House  of  Lords  had 
even  received  the  Bill.  The  prudence  of  the 
course,  from  the  Government's  point  of  view,  was 
manifest.  For  the  amendments  of  the  Lords  were 
such  as  to  bring  the  meaning  of  the  single-chamber 
system  vividly  to  light.  The  amendments  were 
not  accepted,  and  did  not  become  a  part  of  the 
Bill.  But,  because  of  the  tale  they  tell,  or  because 
of  the  tale  told  by  their  rejection  in  the  Commons, 
they  must  be  dwelt  upon. 

The  amendments  were  mostly  of  the  same 
character.  They  did  not  represent  the  views  of 
the  House  of  Lords  or  of  the  Unionist  Party  as 
to  the  final  settlement  of  the  Constitutional  ques- 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT  139 

tion,  but  they  were  an  attempt  to  lessen  the  more 
serious  evils  of  the  system  which  the  Liberal 
Government  was  setting  up.  They  were  attempts 
to  ensure  that  though  a  single-chamber  system 
was  being  instituted  for  ordinary  legislation  the 
double-chamber  system  should  be  retained  in 
certain  cases  where  the  action  of  a  narrow  and 
sectional  majority  in  the  House  of  Commons  might 
imperil  the  gravest  national  concerns. 

Thus,  the  Lords  proposed  to  retain  the  old 
system  in  the  case  of  any  Bill  which  would  "  affect 
the  existence  of  the  Crown  or  the  Protestant 
Succession  thereto."  Of  this  the  Government 
would  not  hear.  Not  even  to  safeguard  the  Crown 
and  the  Protestant  Succession  would  they  make 
an  exception  to  the  single-chamber  system  they 
were  setting  up.  Again  the  Lords  proposed  to 
make  an  exception  of  any  Bill  which  "  establishes 
a  National  Parliament  or  Assembly  or  a  National 
Council  in  Ireland,  Scotland,  Wales,  or  England, 
Avith  legislative  powers  therein."  We  can  hardly 
wonder  at  the  Government  refusing  to  entertain 
this  suggestion,  for,  had  they  done  so,  the  Irish 
Nationalists  would  have  ejected  them  from  power 
immediately,  This  amendment  would  have  given 
the  electorate  a  voice  in  the  question  of  Home 
Rule,  and  therefore  could  not  be  allowed.  It  was 
again  proposed  by  the  Lords  that  the  double- 
chamber  system  should  be  retained  in  case  of  any 
Bill  to  prolong  the  legal  period  of  the  existence 


140     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

of  Parliament.  For  a  House  of  Commons  to  make 
a  law  prolonging  its  own  existence  would  be  to 
establish  a  despotism.  It  would  be  a  step  of  the 
most  extreme  description.  It  could  be  used  so 
as  to  deprive  the  country  permanently  of  any 
lawful  method  of  expressing  its  will  at  any  time. 
On  this  point  the  action  of  the  Government  was 
peculiar.  They  accepted  the  amendment,  but  kept 
open  a  way  for  making  it  mean  nothing.  For  they 
retained  for  the  single  chamber,  the  right  within 
two  years,  by  its  own  authority,  to  abolish  either 
the  House  of  Lords  itself,  or  the  very  restriction 
which  the  amendment  established.  By  either 
method  the  single  chamber  could  make  itself 
perpetual.  This  result  the  Government  secured 
by  refusing  an  amendment  which  proposed  to 
make  an  exception  of  a  Bill  which,  in  the  opinion 
of  an  impartial  committee,  should  "  raise  an  issue 
of  great  gravity  upon  which  the  judgment  of  the 
country  has  not  been  sufficiently  ascertained." 

What  does  this  amount  to  ?  It  means  that 
those  who  passed  the  Parliament  Act  were  so 
determined  to  establish  the  rule  of  a  single 
chamber  that  they  would  make  no  exception  even 
in  cases  of  greatest  magnitude,  where  a  rash 
change  might  effect  the  most  extensive  damage. 
But  it  should  be  particularly  observed  that  their 
careful  defence  of  the  single-chamber  system  was 
not  a  defence  against  the  claims  of  a  second 
chamber,  but,  literally,  a  defence  against  the  pos- 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT  141 

sible  disapproval  of  the  country.  For  the  effect 
of  the  Lords'  amendments,  had  they  been  carried, 
would  not  have  been  to  leave  the  excepted  Bills 
to  the  absolute  veto  of  a  second  chamber.  No 
such  claim  was  put  forward  at  that  stage  of  the 
controversy,  except  in  the  one  case  of  the  Bill 
to  prolong  the  existence  of  a  Parliament ;  no  such 
claim  was  made  even  as  against  a  Home  Rule 
Bill,  or  a  Bill  of  "  great  gravity."  The  claim  was 
that  an  excepted  Bill  should  not  become  law 
"  until  it  had  been  submitted  to  and  approved 
by  the  electors  in  manner  to  be  hereafter  provided 
by  Act  of  Parliament." 

If  we  were  to  forget  the  pressure  exercised  by 
the  Irish  on  the  Government,  it  would  be  almost 
impossible  to  believe  that  this  alteration  of  the 
Parliament  Act  could  be  refused.  The  House  of 
Lords  were  not  asking  to  be  allowed  to  retain 
their  right  of  rejection.  They  were  not  even 
asking  for  it  in  the  most  important  cases.  They 
were  asking  only  that  great  and  dangerous  changes 
should  not  be  introduced  until  the  electors  had 
expressed  an  opinion;  yet  this  was  refused.  A 
blank  refusal  was  given  to  the  request  for  even 
the  most  slender  safeguard  for  the  country  against 
the  power  of  the  single  chamber ;  and  the  country 
was  explicitly  refused  a  voice  in  any  matter 
whatsoever. 

The  control  of  the  people  over  taxation  hereby 
disappeared.  In  the  case  of  other  Bills  the  right 


142     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

of  delay  remained  for  two  years,  but  the  opinion 
of  the  country  would  have  no  more  effect  upon 
such  matters  than  the  opinion  of  the  Isle  of  Wight 
upon  the  Emperor  of  Japan.  It  would  not  matter 
what  the  second  chamber  thought ;  it  would  not 
matter  what  the  country  thought;  nor  did  it 
matter  what  the  country  came  to  think  in  the 
future,  nor  how  earnestly  it  thought  it.  Any  Bill 
would  become  law,  and  the  only  way  of  preventing 
it  was  by  armed  rebellion.  This  is  the  single- 
chamber  system.  There  is  nothing  to  prevent 
the  single  chamber  from  abolishing  even  the  two 
years'  delay  which  stands  between  it  and  its 
desires. 

It  remains  only  to  mention  the  theory — the 
political  philosophy — which  was  created  to  justify 
this  state  of  affairs.  The  Government  of  the  day 
had  to  discover  a  plausible  principle  which  they 
found  in  the  last  place  anyone  would  have  ex- 
pected—in the  "  Will  of  the  People."  This  theory 
is  that  the  House  of  Commons'  majority,  though 
it  be  never  so  small,  must  be  identical  at  any  and 
every  moment,  not  merely  with  a  passing  feeling 
in  the  mind  of  the  nation,  but  with  the  nation's 
considered  and  permanent  judgment.  If  this  be 
true  the  people  must  in  1895  have  set  their  hearts 
upon  Home  Rule,  Local  Veto,  payment  of  Mem- 
bers and  Welsh  Disestablishment  up  to  the  very 
moment  when  a  most  unexpected  division  in  the 
Commons  suddenly  put  the  Government  in  a 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT  143 

minority.  Then  the  people  changed  their  minds 
abruptly  and  voted  heartily  against  everything 
they  had  so  lately  desired,  for  the  new  Parliament 
was  strongly  Conservative.  And  there  are  other 
instances  of  changes  no  less  sudden  and  miracu- 
lous. The  truth  is,  of  course,  that  there  is  no 
necessary  correspondence  between  the  will  of  an 
elected  assembly  and  the  will  of  those  who  elected 
it  a  few  months  or  years  before.  Further,  there 
is  no  correspondence  between  the  will  of  an 
ordinary  elector,  and  that  of  either  of  the  two  or 
three  professional  politicians  between  whom  he 
must  choose  at  the  polls.  If  his  true  will  is  to  be 
carried  out,  it  can  only  be  by  a  system  of  legisla- 
tion which  ensures  moderation,  reflection,  and  a 
reasonable  spirit. 

That  the  will  of  the  people  is  always  a  sure 
index  of  desirable  legislation  may  be  a  question- 
able rule.  But  there  are  the  gravest  reasons  for 
preferring  at  any  moment  the  judgment  of  the 
people  as  a  whole  to  that  of  an  excited  assembly 
of  professional  politicians  with  a  majority  com- 
posed of  small  bargaining  groups.  To  this  end 
the  power  of  revision  and  rejection  is  vested  in 
second  chambers,  not  that  the  people  may  be 
thwarted,  but  that  they  may  finally  decide.  And 
for  this  reason  have  political  thinkers  condemned 
and  avoided  the  single-chamber  system. 


CHAPTEE   IX 

THE   ABSENCE   OF  CONSTITUTIONAL 
SAFEGUARDS 

IT  is  possible  to  ask  the  question  why  human 
societies  ever  established  laws.  Often  enough  the 
operation  of  a  law  seems  harsh,  and  general  opinion 
must  often  incline  to  the  view  that  the  arbitrary 
decision  of  a  wise  and  well-meaning  person  might 
have  produced  better  results.  But  the  utility  of 
laws  is  not  so  much  in  their  universal  and  unvary- 
ing wisdom,  not  in  any  certainty  that  they  will 
always  work  well  in  every  case.  Their  utility  is 
rather  in  the  fact  that  they  do  not  vary. 

Laws  of  primogeniture  do  not  depend  upon  a 
theory  that  the  eldest  son  is  fittest  to  succeed,  but 
upon  the  utility  of  one  son  being  marked  from 
the  first  as  destined  to  succeed  if  he  should 
live.  The  tax  of  seven-and-sixpence  on  the  owner 
of  a  dog  is  not  imposed  on  any  principle  of  calcu- 
lated justice,  but  because  a  certain  revenue  is 
wanted  and  it  is  best  for  every  man  to  know  the 
exact  sum  which  will  be  asked  of  him  under  certain 
circumstances.  The  law  introduces  into  life  a 

144 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     145 

regularity  and  uniformity  by  which  men  are 
enabled  to  foresee  the  consequences  of  their 
actions  and  to  rely  with  a  measure  of  certainty 
on  the  realisation  of  their  expectations. 

It  acts  also  as  a  check  upon  self-interest  and  a 
safeguard  against  those  disturbances  which  will 
occur  where  men  are  free  to  consult  their  own 
interests  alone.  The  law  of  contract,  for  instance, 
is  a  check  upon  persons  whose  interests  would 
conflict  if  all  might  seek  what  they  could  get. 
The  law  interposes  to  tell  each  one  how  much  he 
may  expect  to  gain  or  lose,  and  thus,  in  ordinary 
circumstances,  to  remove  the  causes  of  dispute 
between  men  of  common  honesty. 

The  law  aims  at  certainty ;  yet,  as  conditions 
change  and  public  feeling  develops,  the  law  must 
be  modified.  The  expectations  of  a  woman  with 
regard  to  her  property  on  marriage  were  one  thing 
in  1881,  but  had  become  different  in  1882.  A 
change  of  public  feeling  had  required  a  change  in 
the  law,  and  the  legislature  had  performed  its  func- 
tions by  passing  an  Act  to  establish  the  change 
required.  It  is  because  the  desirability  of  occa* 
sional  change  was  recognised  in  Europe  that 
legislatures  have  been  set  up. 

It  is  because  the  change,  the  alteration  of  estab- 
lished certainty,  the  loosing  of  conflicting  inter- 
ests and  ambitions,  was  best  performed  when 
performed  with  the  utmost  care  and  caution,  that 
legislatures  have  been  required  to  pause  upon  their 


146     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

doings;  they  have  been  required  to  read  Bills 
three  times,  for  instance,  and  to  take  each  clause 
in  committee,  and  to  secure  the  assent  of  a  second 
chamber  and  a  sovereign.  All  this  was  required 
lest  the  certainty  and  regularity  of  life  should  be 
changed  too  often  or  too  rashly ;  lest  the  ambi- 
tions of  some  people  should  range  too  freely,  and 
lest  others  should  lose  their  sense  of  security  in 
the  established  order  of  things. 

Now  the  greatest  weight  of  opinion  all  over  the 
world  has  set  up  the  principle  that  the  most  im- 
portant public  affairs  should  be  changed  less 
often  and  with  greater  care  than  such  private 
matters  as  the  rights  of  a  married  woman  in  her 
property,  or  the  rules  of  contract,  or  the  tax  upon 
a  dog,  or  other  ordinary  laws.  The  wisdom  of 
nations  has  inclined  towards  making  distinctions 
between  those  regions  of  law  in  which  certainty 
of  conditions  is  more  important  and  those  regions 
in  which  it  is  less  important.  To  take  an  instance : 
many  continental  countries  have  imparted  a  special 
sanctity  to  the  right  of  free  speech  and  the  right 
of  public  meeting.  They  have  held  the  view  that 
these  rights  were  so  important,  so  essential  to  the 
well-being  of  the  State,  that  they  should  be  placed 
on  a  different  level  from  laws  of  less  importance ; 
that  it  should  be  made  especially  hard,  or  morally 
impossible,  for  any  power  in  the  land  to  restrict  or 
change  them.  The  British  reader  will  begin  to 
see  that  here  is  an  idea  unknown  to  ourselves. 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     147 

The  British  "  right  to  free  speech "  depends  on 
nothing  more  than  the  absence  of  any  law  (outside 
its  laws  of  slander,  &c.)  to  prevent  a  man  saying 
what  he  likes  and  when  and  where  he  likes  to  say 
it.  About  this  there  is  no  special  sanctity.  It 
could  be  changed  any  day  by  an  Act  of  Parliament 
as  easily  as  the  dog  tax  could  be  raised  to  eight 
shillings.  But  in  many  continental  countries  it  is 
not  so.  The  dog  tax  could  there  be  raised  by  ordi- 
nary legislative  process.  But  the  right  of  free 
speech  could  not  be  curtailed  except  by  a  special 
and  elaborate  process. 

This,  then,  is  the  tendency  of  foreign  jurispru- 
dence ;  it  lays  some  special  stress  on  such  laws  as 
it  desires  to  preserve  from  rash  change.  It  finds 
some  way  of  making  these  laws  stable  and  endur- 
ing beyond  all  other  laws,  and  especially  difficult 
to  alter.  Nowhere  has  this  tendency  been  so 
noticeable  as  in  the  peculiar  emphasis  laid  by 
foreign  countries  on  the  stability  of  the  laws  of 
their  Constitutions. 

It  is  not  surprising.  If  fixity  and  regularity  of 
laws  is  to  be  desired  at  all,  how  much  the  more 
are  they  to  be  desired  in  respect  of  those  laws  on 
which  the  stability  of  all  other  laws  depends.  If 
it  is  well  for  men  to  have  confidence  in  the  per- 
manence and  certainty  of  the  rules  that  govern 
life,  the  rules  which  must  govern  all  their  calcu- 
lations, how  much  the  more  necessary  is  it  for 
them  to  trust  the  stability  of  the  power  that  can 


148     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

change  laws  at  will  by  legislation  or  by  biassed 
administration.  No  sooner  has  a  country  entered 
on  a  period  of  social  or  political  disquiet,  such  a 
period  as  must  visit  every  country  now  and  then, 
and  there  is  no  security  for  law,  no  hope  of  sta- 
bility, except  what  is  derived  from  the  governing 
powers.  If  the  governing  power  is  stable,  there  is 
hope.  If  the  governing  power  is  liable  to  change 
with  the  shock  of  every  change  in  the  direction 
of  the  storm  outside,  there  is  an  end  of  all  security 
whatsoever.  Therefore,  to  ensure  the  stability  of 
the  governing  power  a  mantle  of  sanctity  has  been 
thrown  round  the  laws  of  Constitutions,  and  it  has 
been  provided  that  they  shall  be  difficult  and  slow 
to  change  even  when  general  opinion  regards  a 
change  with  favour. 

Let  us  first  consider  the  case  of  a  country  that 
has  given  to  its  Constitution  a  certain  amount  of 
special  stability,  though  only  a  small  amount.  The 
two  chambers  of  the  French  legislature  can  make 
or  repeal  ordinary  laws  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
English  Parliament.  But  when  it  is  a  question  of 
an  alteration  of  the  Constitution,  a  special  process 
is  required.  The  Laws  of  the  French  Constitution 
are  to  be  found  written  in  documents  of  special 
sanctity  which  were  drawn  up  in  1871  and  1875, 
and  these,  by  ordinary  process  of  legislation,  are 
impossible  to  change.  They  cannot  lawfully  be 
changed  any  more  than  the  directors  of  one  of 
our  railways  could  change  the  Acts  of  Parliament 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     149 

under  which  that  railway  was  built  and  is  worked. 
The  directors  may  make  bye-laws.  They  may, 
within  the  authority  conferred  by  the  Acts  of  Par- 
liament, change,  repeal,  or  create  any  bye-laws 
that  they  like,  as  the  French  legislature  may 
change,  repeal,  or  create  any  ordinary  law.  But 
if  the  directors  wish  to  change  their  Acts  of  Par- 
liament, which  are,  we  may  say,  their  Constitution, 
then  they  must  go  through  the  special  process  of 
an  application  to  Parliament.  And  the  French 
legislature,  if  it  wishes  to  change  the  Constitu- 
tional laws  of  France,  must  go  through  a  special 
process  too. 

"  The  chambers  shall  have  the  right,"  says  the 
French  Constitution,  "  by  separate  resolutions 
taken  in  each  chamber  by  a  majority  of  votes, 
whether  of  their  own  accord  or  at  the  request  of 
the  President  of  the  Republic,  to  declare  that 
there  is  need  of  a  revision  of  the  Constitutional 
laws.  After  each  of  the  two  chambers  shall  have 
adopted  this  resolution,  they  shall  meet  in  a  joint 
sitting  as  a  National  Assembly  to  undertake  the 
revision.  The  decision  causing  a  revision  of  the 
Constitutional  laws,  in  whole  or  in  part,  shall  be 
taken  by  the  absolute  majority  of  the  members  of 
the  National  Assembly." 

Now  this  is  a  case  in  which  some  care  has  been 
taken  to  safeguard  the  laws  of  the  Constitution 
from  change.  But  it  is,  as  compared  with  others, 
a  weak  case.  It  is  easy  to  imagine  circumstances 

A^  /       /  UX> 


150     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

in  which  the  change  of  the  French  Constitution 
might  be  effected  rashly  and  hurriedly  in  the  heat 
of  the  moment.  Yet  it  shows  that  those  who 
framed  that  Constitution  were  at  any  rate  aware 
of  that  need  for  Constitutional  stability  which 
political  thinkers  in  foreign  lands  have  had  so 
constantly  in  their  minds. 

Let  us  now  consider  a  case  where  the  precau- 
tions are  rather  stronger.  The  Constitution  of 
Belgium  is  closely  modelled  on  that  of  England. 
It  is  a  written  Constitution,  but  it  is  the  result  of 
a  careful  study  of  British  laws  and  customs.  Yet 
once  the  framers  of  the  Constitution  had  arrived 
at  a  conclusion  which  they  thought  satisfactory, 
they  proceeded  to  take  care  that  their  stability 
should  be  guarded.  The  two  chambers  of  the 
Belgian  legislature,  as  in  France,  can  deal  with 
ordinary  laws  as  they  please.  But  when  they 
desire  to  alter  the  Constitution  they  must  do  as 
follows:  Each  chamber  must  declare  that  there 
is  reason  for  changing  a  particular  provision  of 
the  Constitution.  Having  declared  this,  the 
legislature  is  automatically  dissolved.  New  elec- 
j  £  tions  are  held,  and  the  legislature  thus  elected 
has  power  to  change  that  part  of  the  Constitution 
which  the  late  legislature  declared  to  stand  in 
need  of  change.  Thus  it  is  ensured  that  the  Con- 
stitution should  have  at  least  the  buttress  of  the 
people's  will.  It  cannot  be  changed  without  the 
knowledge  and  express  consent  of  the  electorate. 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     151 

In  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia  there  is 
a  written  Constitution,  as  in  France  and  Belgium. 
Its  stability  is  guarded  yet  more  carefully.  Every 
proposed  law  for  the  alteration  of  the  Constitution 
must  be  passed  by  an  absolute  majority  of  each 
House  of  Parliament,  and  must  then,  after  an 
interval  of  not  less  than  two  and  not  more  than 
six  months,  be  submitted  in  the  form  of  a  referen- 
dum to  the  electors  in  each  of  the  six  States  of 
the  Commonwealth.  If  it  is  to  become  law,  it 
must  be  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  States, 
and  also  by  a  majority  of  the  electors  in  the 
Commonwealth  as  a  whole. 

The  stability  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  is  guaranteed  by  provisions  even  more 
strict.  The  fifth  article  of  that  famous  document 
declares  as  follows :  "  The  Congress  (Parliament) 
whenever  two-thirds  of  both  Houses  shall  deem 
it  necessary,  shall  propose  amendments  to  this. 
Constitution,  or,  on  the  application  of  two-thirds 
of  the  legislatures  of  the  several  States,  shall  call 
a  convention  for  proposing  amendments,  which, 
in  either  case,  shall  be  valid  to  all  intents  and 
purposes,  as  part  of  this  Constitution,  when  ratified 
by  the  legislatures  of  three-fourtJis  of  the  several 
States,  or  by  conventions  in  three-fourths  thereof, 
as  the  one  or  the  other  mode  of  ratification  may 
be  proposed  by  the  Congress." 

It  must  be  admitted  that  the  case  of  Federal 
States  such  as  Australia  and  America  is  excep- 


152     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

tional.  They  have,  as  the  reader  has  seen,  pro- 
vided elaborate  methods  of  preserving  the  stability 
of  their  Constitutions,  and  they  had  exceptional 
need  to  do  so.  Their  Constitutions  were  a  sort  of 
bargain  between  sovereign  States,  each  jealous  of 
its  liberties,  fearful  for  its  future,  and  in  dread  of 
the  power  of  the  formidable  central  authority 
which  was  about  to  be  set  up.  So  it  was  necessary 
to  take  particular  care  that  the  bargain  contained 
in  the  Constitution,  the  bargain  by  which  each 
State  was  sacrificing  a  portion  of  its  independence, 
should  never  be  broken  or  varied  without  the 
largest  measure  of  general  agreement.  Let  us 
now  glance  at  a  case  in  which  there  were  no  such 
special  reasons.  Let  us  see  how  the  stability  of 
the  Constitution  is  valued  in  the  single  State  of 
New  York. 

"  Any  amendment  or  amendments  to  this 
Constitution,"  says  the  thirteenth  article  of  the 
Constitution  of  New  York,  "  may  be  proposed  to 
the  Senate  and  Assembly  (the  two  Houses  of 
Parliament),  and,  if  the  same  be  agreed  to  by  a 
majority  of  the  members  elected  to  each  of  the 
two  Houses  (note,  not  merely  a  majority  of  those 
who  may  happen  to  vote),  such  amendment  or 
amendments  shall  be  entered  on  their  journals 
with  the  Yeas  and  Nays  taken  thereon  and  re- 
ferred to  the  legislature  to  be  chosen  at  the  next 
General  Election,  and  shall  be  published  for  three 
months  previous  to  the  time  of  making  such 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     153 

choice ;  and  if,  in  the  legislature  so  next  chosen 
as  aforesaid,  such  proposed  amendment  or  amend- 
ments shall  be  agreed  to  by  a  majority  of  all  the 
members  elected  to  each  House  there  " — (we  might 
suppose  that  the  change  would  become  law,  but 
it  is  not  so) — "  then  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
legislature  to  submit  such  proposed  amendment 
or  amendments  to  the  people  in  such  manner  and 
at  such  time  as  the  legislature  shall  prescribe ; 
and  if  the  people  shall  approve  and  ratify  such 
amendment  or  amendments  by  a  majority  of  the 
electors  qualified  to  vote  for  members  of  the  legis- 
lature voting  thereon,  such  amendment  or  amend- 
ments shall  become  part  of  this  Constitution." 

Comment  is  not  needed.  But  it  should  be  ob- 
served that  the  State  of  New  York  is  no  exception 
in  the  extraordinary  precautions  it  takes  against 
rash  or  hurried  changes  of  its  Constitution.  Such 
precautions  are  the  general  rule  in  the  States  of 
the  Union ;  and,  in  some  cases,  they  are  even 
more  complete  than  in  New  York. 

Before  we  consider  the  amazing  difference  be- 
tween British  and  foreign  nations  in  respect  of 
constitutional  stability,  it  will  be  well  to  read  some 
remarks  made  by  Sir  Henry  Maine  shortly  after 
the  constitutional  crisis  of  1884.  In  that  year  the 
House  of  Commons  passed  a  Bill  for  the  extension 
of  the  suffrage,  and  the  House  of  Lords  refused  to 
pass  it  until  the  Commons  should  send  up  also  a 
Bill  for  the  redistribution  of  constituencies.  Hence 


154     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

arose  a  sharp  conflict  between  the  Houses,  and 
Sir  Henry  Maine  comments  upon  it,  after  having 
described  some  of  the  safeguards  provided  for 
the  stability  of  Constitutions  in  America.  He 
says : — 

"Such  are  the  securities  against  surprise  and 
haste,  in  conducting  the  most  important  part  of 
legislation,  which  American  political  sagacity  has 
devised.  They  may  well  suggest  to  the  English 
politician  some  serious  reflections.  What  was  most 
remarkable  in  the  discussions  of  twelve  months 
since  was  far  less  the  violent  and  inflammatory 
language  in  which  it  was  carried  on  than  the  ex- 
treme vagueness  of  the  considerations  on  which 
it  has  turned.  The  House  of  Lords,  for  instance, 
was  threatened  with  extinction  or  mutilation  for 
a  certain  offence.  Yet,  when  the  offence  is 
examined,  it  appears  to  have  consisted  in  the 
violation  of  some  rule,  or  understanding,  never 
expressed  in  writing,  at  variance  with  strict  law, 
and  not  perhaps  construed  in  precisely  the  same 
way  by  any  two  thinking  men  in  the  country. 
Political  history  shows  that  men  have  at  all  times 
quarrelled  more  fiercely  about  phrases  and  for- 
mulas than  even  about  material  interests,  and  it 
would  seem  that  the  discussion  of  British  constitu- 
tional legislation  is  distinguished  from  all  other 
discussion  by  having  no  fixed  points  to  turn  upon 
and  therefore  by  irrational  violence." 

Here   is   Sir   Henry   Maine    offering   a  double 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS      155 

argument  for  fixity  and  certainty  in  the  most 
important  of  all  laws.  In  the  first  place,  he  pleads 
for  some  special  safeguard  against  the  "  surprising 
and  hasty"  alteration  of  a  constitution;  in  the 
second  place,  he  pleads  for  definite  and  intelligible 
constitutional  laws.  He  desires  all  men  to  know 
for  certain  under  what  laws  they  are  living,  and 
to  feel  secure  against  the  risk  of  these  laws  being 
lightly  changed. 

Sir  Henry  Maine's  advice  has  been  followed,  for 
the  most  part,  by  our  admirers  and  imitators.  In 
Europe,  in  America,  and  in  the  British  Dominions 
the  general  practice  has  been  to  give  extreme  pre- 
cision to  constitutional  laws,  and  to  make  their 
alteration  depend  on  a  process  more  solemn  and 
prolonged  than  is  the  case  with  ordinary  laws. 
But  in  England  we  remain  without  definite  safe- 
guards in  our  Constitution.  The  gravest  of  our 
constitutional  laws  can  be  altered  as  easily  as  the 
dog  tax,  while  much  of  the  Constitution  is  so  un- 
certain and  indefinite  that  there  is  the  strongest 
temptation  for  politicians  to  change  it  at  any 
moment  of  political  excitement,  or  to  force  a  new 
interpretation  upon  it,  and  to  excite  passion  by  a 
mere  difference  of  opinion  as  to  what  is  constitu- 
tional and  what  is  not. 

Early  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria,  Lord 
Palmerston,  the  Prime  Minister,  desired  to  bring 
a  new  element  into  the  House  of  Lords.  He 
had  taken  up  the  notion  of  a  nominated  second 


156     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

chamber,  to  some  extent,  and  he  wished  to  in- 
troduce into  the  House  of  Lords  an  element  of 
peers  nominated  for  life.  To  this  end  he  caused 
a  writ  of  summons  to  the  House  of  Lords  to  be 
addressed  to  a  judge,  Sir  James  Parke,  together 
with  letters  patent  creating  him  a  peer  for  life. 
It  was  at  once  asserted  that  this  action  was  illegal, 
and  that  Sir  James  Parke  could  not  take  his  seat 
in  the  House  of  Lords.  The  question  was  whether 
the  Crown  could  lawfully  give  a  seat  in  the  House 
of  Lords  to  a  peer  who  was  only  a  peer  for  life. 
No  one  knew.  Prolonged  litigation  followed,  and 
considerable  excitement  was  aroused.  "  The  right 
of  the  Crown  to  create  a  life  peerage  by  patent 
was  practically  undisputed,"  says  Sir  William 
Anson,  "  but  it  was  admitted  that  for  four  hundred 
years  there  had  been  no  instance  of  a  commoner 
being  sent,  under  a  peerage  for  life,  to  sit  and  vote 
in  the  House  of  Lords,  and  it  was  contended  that 
even  before  that  time  no  such  instance  had  been 
satisfactorily  established." 

Four  hundred  years!  Upon  a  question  that 
was  arousing  sharp  political  excitement  it  was 
necessary  for  learned  judges  to  hunt  the  records 
of  four  hundred  years  and  more  in  order  to  dis- 
cover the  lawful  method  of  constituting  our  second 
chamber.  To  mark  the  difference  between  Eng- 
lish and  foreign  practice  in  such  matters,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  read  the  words  of  the  American  Con- 
stitution, which  lays  down  that :  "  The  Senate  of  the 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     157 

United  States  shall  be  composed  of  two  senators 
from  each  State,  chosen  by  the  legislature  thereof, 
for  six  years." 

The  case  of  Sir  James  Parke  was  not,  as  it  seems 
now,  a  matter  of  first-rate  importance.  It  illus- 
trates the  constantly  recurring  indefmiteness  of 
British  constitutional  law.  We  will  now  turn  to 
.-in  event  of  much  greater  moment,  which  illustrates 
not  the  indefmiteness  of  the  Constitution,  but  its 
instability.  It  has  occasionally  happened  that  Par- 
liament has  attempted  to  throw  a  peculiar  sanctity 
over  some  very  important  Act.  This  was  done  at 
the  time  of  the  Act  of  Union  with  Scotland.  It 
svas  desired  that  the  utmost  measure  of  security 
should  be  accorded  to  the  Scottish  Established 
Church,  among  other  things,  so  that  Scotsmen 
joining  the  Union  might  feel  assured  that  under 
no  circumstances  whatever  would  their  Church 
be  tampered  with  by  the  new  Parliament  of  the 
Union  of  Great  Britain.  So  the  language  of  the 
Act  of  Union  did  all  that  language  could  do  to 
ensure  that  the  Scottish  Church  should  stand  for 
ever.  It  was  enacted  that  every  sovereign  on  his 
accession  should  swear  an  oath  to  maintain  the 
Scottish  Church  inviolate.  Here  we  see  English 
lawyers  and  Parliaments  straining  and  striving  to 
establish  "  a  constitutional  law,"  such  as  those 
words  mean  on  the  Continent  or  in  America,  a 
law  that  can  never  be  broken.  They  had  some 
idea  that  the  sovereign's  oath  would  prevent  his 


158     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN7 

ever  being  able  to  assent  to  a  Bill  directed  against 
the  Church  he  had  sworn  to  defend.  Exactly  the 
same  was  done  in  1800,  when  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland  were  joined  together  as  the  United  King- 
dom, and  the  English  and  Irish  Churches  were 
joined  as  the  United  Church  of  England  and  Ire- 
land. The  most  emphatic  language  in  the  Act  of 
Parliament  declared  the  everlasting  inviolability 
of  this  United  Church.  Each  sovereign  was  to 
swear  a  solemn  oath,  on  his  accession,  to  preserve 
it.  Everything  was  done  which  English  ingenuity 
could  devise  to  protect  the  United  Church  by  a 
law  which  should  never  be  broken.  But  in  1869 
it  was  broken  without  the  slightest  difficulty  by 
an  ordinary  Act  of  Parliament,  and  the  Church  in 
Ireland  was  disestablished  and  disendowed. 

Suppose  that  the  Irish  Church  had  been  guar- 
anteed, not  by  a  solemn  Act  of  Parliament  and  a 
Royal  oath,  but  by  a  clause  in  the  Constitution  of 
the  United  States.  Then  the  Act  of  disestablish- 
ment and  disendowment  might  indeed  have  passed 
through  the  American  Congress ;  every  member 
might  have  voted  for  it,  and  the  President  might 
have  given  it  his  assent.  But  the  moment  that 
anyone  attempted  to  put  the  Act  into  force,  the 
moment  that  a  finger  was  laid  upon  the  property 
of  the  Irish  Church,  that  Church  would  have 
sought  and  obtained  the  protection  of  the  Law 
Courts.  The  Courts  would  have  pronounced  the 
Act  of  Congress  to  be  unconstitutional,  and  imme- 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     159 

diately  the  Act  would  have  become  so  much  waste 
paper.  There  could  be  no  better  instance  of  the 
value  of  safeguards.  What  the  American  Con- 
stitution has  safeguarded  is  safe  against  all  comers, 
against  the  President,  against  the  Congress,  against 
the  States,  and  against  the  Union,  until  with  the 
assent  of  an  overwhelming  majority  of  the  Ameri- 
can people  the  Constitution  itself,  in  the  most 
deliberate,  solemn,  and  conspicuous  way,  has  been 
amended.  What  is  safeguarded  by  the  British 
Parliament,  however  solemnly,  and  by  the  oath  of 
the  British  Sovereign,  could  be  upset  by  a  casual 
majority  of  the  two  Houses  before  1911,  and  can 
now  be  upset  by  a  casual  majority  of  the  single 
chamber. 

Under  our  own  Constitution  there  is  a  complete 
absence  of  any  safeguard  for  anything,  even  for 
the  Constitution  itself,  and  the  only  rule  that 
cannot  be  altered  is  the  rule  that  Parliament  can 
alter  everything.  With  every  year  that  intensifies 
the  bitterness  of  feeling  in  politics,  with  every 
year  that  develops  the  art  of  co-operation  among 
small  sections  in  the  House  of  Commons  to  force 
the  particular  desires  of  each  section  on  the  nation 
as  a  whole,  the  danger  of  the  absence  of  safeguards 
must  grow  more  acute.  Since  all  is  at  the  mercy 
of  Parliament,  it  is  clear  that  danger  must  vary 
in  exact  proportion  with  the  amount  of  confidence 
that  can  be  placed  in  Parliament  itself.  More 
obvious  than  anything  is  the  increased  gravity 


160     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

which  the  danger  has  assumed  since  the  Parlia- 
ment Act  gave  to  a  single  chamber  of  Parliament 
all  the  powers  hitherto  exercised  only  when  two 
chambers  agreed. 

It  may  not  be  much  that  the  Parliament  Act 
has  left  to  the  authority  of  the  second  chamber ; 
it  is  the  power  to  delay  legislation  for  two  years. 
Were  such  a  provision  inserted  in  a  Constitution 
like  that  of  the  United  States,  there  would  arise 
at  any  rate  a  confident  certainty  that  no  rash 
change  could  ever  be  introduced  without  a  period 
in  which  the  nation  could  at  least  plead  with  the 
single  chamber  against  its  own  decision.  But  the 
provision  is  in  fact  no  part  of  such  a  Constitution 
as  that  of  the  United  States.  It  is  a  mere  law  of 
to-day,  to  be  varied  or  abolished  whenever  the 
single  chamber  chooses  to  exercise  its  powers. 
There  is  no  security  about  it.  It  has  no  more 
or  less  sanctity  than  the  existing  rate  of  the  dog 
tax. 

If  we  are  to  preserve  our  system  of  Parliamen- 
tary omnipotence,  and  if  at  the  same  time  we  are 
to  have  any  security  for  the  existence  of  our  in- 
stitutions as  we  know  them,  and  if  we  are  to  be  able 
to  face  troubled  times  with  any  confidence  in  our 
power  to  survive  them  as  a  national  unit,  the  only 
hope  lies  in  maintaining  a  strong  second  chamber 
within  the  omnipotent  Parliament  itself.  In  old 
times  a  revolutionary  change  in  England  required 
the  concurrence  of  two  Houses  of  Parliament  and 


CONSTITUTIONAL    SAFEGUARDS     161 

of  a  sovereign  who  by  no  means  always  assented. 
In  this  there  were  safeguards.  Later,  a  revolu- 
tionary change  required  the  concurrence  of  the 
elected  and  the  hereditary  chambers.  Here,  also, 
there  was  a  safeguard  whose  value  was  shown  at 
least  at  the  time  of  the  second  Home  Rule  Bill. 

At  present  a  revolutionary  change  requires  no 
more  than  the  concurrence  of  a  bare  majority  of 
a  single  chamber  whenever  they  can  be  cajoled  or 
excited  into  holding  together  for  a  period  of  two 
years.  Nor  does  this  represent  only  the  shrinking 
of  three  safeguards  into  one.  Not  one  of  the  three 
parts  of  the  old  legislature  ever  willingly  assented 
to  a  shrinkage  of  its  own  power  or  an  increase  in 
the  power  of  the  others.  The  legislature  as  a 
whole  was  self-checking.  As  in  a  watch,  the  main- 
spring neutralised  the  inertness  of  the  hair-spring 
and  the  hair-spring  neutralised  the  explosiveness 
of  the  main-spring.  There  was  little  probability 
of  the  organism  as  a  whole  ever  doing  a  wild 
action,  or  even  going  utterly  to  sleep.  But  now 
the  very  conception  of  checking  is  lost.  There  is 
a  single  chamber  with  no  rival  to  fear,  and  open 
to  all  the  temptations  that  have  beset  every 
despot  since  the  days  when  David  numbered 
the  children  of  Israel.  It  is  a  change  from  a 
legislature  that  was  automatically  moderate  to  a 
legislature  which  is  inevitably  rash,  headstrong, 
and  proud. 

As  if  to  give  a  foretaste  of  its  future,  the  House 


162     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

of  Commons  in  1911,  when  on  the  eve  of  becoming 
a  single  chamber,  refused  to  consent  to  the  pro- 
vision of  a  checking  process  even  in  the  most 
supremely  important  matters.  It  was  proposed 
that  some  of  the  powers  of  a  second  chamber 
should  be  left  to  the  House  of  Lords  in  case  of 
a  Bill  to  affect  the  existence  of  the  Crown  or 
the  Protestant  Succession,  or  to  set  up  National 
Parliaments  within  the  United  Kingdom,  or  to  do 
something  of  great  gravity  on  which  the  people's 
will  had  not  been  ascertained.  It  was  proposed 
that  in  such  cases,  as  a  safeguard,  a  reference  to 
the  electorate  should  precede  the  passing  of  the 
single  chamber  Bills  into  law.  But  it  was  not 
permitted.  Even  this  safeguard,  so  limited  in 
scope,  was  refused  by  the  House  of  Commons 
when  it  saw  its  single  chamber  powers  just  coming 
into  its  hands. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE   REFERENDUM 

THOSE  who  laid  the  foundations  of  representative 
government  in  England  acted  on  the  principle 
that  what  concerned  all  should  be  approved  by 
all.  The  same  principle,  whether  conceded  by  a 
government  or  extorted  by  a  people,  has  been  the 
inspiration  of  every  attempt  at  representative 
government  in  the  world.  And  yet  it  has  a 
weakness.  The  seeds  of  failure  lie  in  the  words 
themselves,  for  that  which  concerns  all  is  in  fact 
approved  only  by  a  majority.  Again,  a  country 
has  to  think  itself  happy  if  its  majority  is  fairly 
represented.  The  other  chapters  of  this  book 
have  dealt  so  largely  with  instances  of  the  diverg- 
ence between  representative  chambers  and  the 
people  they  represent,  with  the  manifest  failure  of 
representative  government  at  some  of  the  most 
important  crises,  that  it  will  not  be  necessary  to 
enter  again  upon  details. 

It  will  be  sufficient  to  say  that  experience  has 
shown  how  easily  the  decision  of  a  representative 
chamber  may  be  the  opposite  of  that  which  would 

163 


164     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

have  been  pronounced  by  the  majority  of  the  elec- 
torate for  which  the  chamber  speaks.  For  proof  of 
this  assertion  we  need  only  look  to  the  fact  that 
country  after  country  has  set  itself  to  find  some 
novel  plan  by  which  the  failures  of  the  representa- 
tive system  may  be  corrected.  Again  and  again 
it  has  become  necessary  for  statesmen  to  adopt,  or 
at  least  to  consider,  the  system  of  the  Referendum 
or  poll  of  the  people. 

Liberal  writers  and  speakers  in  England  have 
been  under  the  necessity,  for  party  purposes,  of 
representing  the  Referendum  as  a  great  evil.  One 
of  the  charges  brought  against  it  has  been  its 
alleged  complicatedness ;  it  has  been  held  up  as 
something  so  obscure  and  difficult  that  no  good 
honest  democratic  Englishman  could  ever  be  ex- 
pected to  understand  it.  British  intelligence  was  not 
expected  to  be  equal  to  the  effort  of  grasping  the 
meaning  of  what  the  Swiss  and  Americans  and 
Australians  have  understood  with  the  greatest 
ease;  nor  did  Liberal  speakers  condole  with 
English  voters  on  this  intellectual  inferiority,  but 
praised  it  loudly. 

In  point  of  fact,  the  Referendum  is  the  simplest 
device  ever  adopted  by  democracy.  It  is  an  idea 
more  easy  to  grasp  than  the  idea  of  representative 
government.  It  would  be  more  easy  to  explain  to 
a  child  what  the  Referendum  was  than  to  get  him 
to  understand  the  significance  of  the  return  of  a 
member  to  the  House  of  Commons.  This  is  not 


THE    REFERENDUM  165 

wonderful,  for  the  Referendum  originated  among 
a  people  whose  system  of  government  is  more 
simple  and  direct  than  any  other  in  the  world. 

In  some  of  the  cantons,  or  states,  which  form 
the  federation  of  Switzerland,  it  was  the  custom 
for  the  whole  adult  male  population  to  assemble 
and  act  as  their  own  Parliament.  The  arrange- 
ment, obviously,  was  only  possible  in  a  canton  of 
small  area;  but,  where  the  limits  of  time  and 
space  permit  such  a  gathering,  it  is  clear  that  the 
last  word  of  democracy  is  being  spoken.  There 
could  be  no  more  thorough  example  of  democratic 
government,  and  there  could  certainly  be  none 
more  simple.  The  people  are  directly  and  imme- 
diately deciding  upon  all  questions  that  arise. 

It  is  easy  to  see  how  this  system  became  im- 
practicable with  the  growth  of  population  and  the 
increased  complexity  of  life.  The  necessities  of 
more  convenience  forced  the  Swiss  cantons  to 
adopt  the  representative  system  and  get  their 
legislation  done  by  a  Parliament  after  the  manner 
of  the  larger  countries.  Yet  the  recollection  of 
the  older  systems  remained.  It  could  not  fail  to 
influence  the  minds  of  the  electors  strongly  on 
every  occasion  when  the  Parliament  was  not  in 
close  accord  with  popular  sentiment.  The  desire 
for  the  older  and  simpler  form  of  democracy 
increased  under  the  working  of  the  representative 
system,  and,  in  1831,  a  bold  but  very  obvious  step 
was  taken  in  the  single  canton  of  St.  Gallen.  The 


166     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

older  system  was  reproduced  in  a  form  suited  to 
modern  conditions.  The  general  assembly  of  the 
people  was  revived  in  the  form  of  written  instead 
of  verbal  voting. 

This  was  and  is  the  Referendum.  It  certainly 
presented  no  difficulties  to  the  minds  of  those 
Swiss  citizens  who  had  knowledge  of  democratic 
government  by  assemblies  of  the  whole  people. 
In  the  assembly  a  proposal  had  been  made,  a  pro- 
posal for  a  new  law  or  for  the  repeal  or  amendment 
of  an  old  law,  and  the  decision  was  given  by  the 
voices  of  those  present.  In  the  Referendum  the 
proposal  was  made,  communicated  to  the  voters 
by  writing  instead  of  by  a  speech,  and  the  vote  of 
each  man  was  given  in  writing  instead  of  by  shout- 
ing or  showing  hands.  Even  in  England  we  are 
not  unfamiliar  with  the  practice  of  showing  hands 
at  a  public  meeting.  We  should  also  be  able  to 
imagine  that  instead  of  a  show  of  hands  in  favour 
of  the  resolution  from  the  platform  every  person 
present  might  be  given  a  piece  of  paper  on  which 
would  be  written :  "  Are  you  in  favour  of  this  reso- 
lution ? "  Each  would  write  "  Yes  "  or  "  No  "  on 
the  paper  given  him.  The  papers  would  be  col- 
lected and  counted,  and  the  result  would  be  ascer- 
tained. The  Referendum  is  nothing  more  or  less 
than  this. 

In  England  it  occasionally  happens  that  a 
General  Election  is  held  in  particular  reference 
to  a  particular  legislative  proposal.  With  this  we 


THE    REFERENDUM  167 

are  familiar.  In  1886,  after  the  first  Home  Rule 
Bill  had  been  rejected  by  the  House  of  Commons, 
Mr.  Gladstone  dissolved  Parliament  and  appealed 
to  the  electors  to  return  a  new  House  of  Commons 
in  favour  of  the  Bill,  a  House  that  would  pass  the 
Bill  instead  of  rejecting  it.  He  clearly  and  exclu- 
sively appealed  to  the  voters  on  this  ground.  He 
"  referred,"  in  fact,  the  Home  Rule  Bill  to  the 
voters.  The  result  was  that  the  voters  went  to 
the  poll  and  received  voting  papers  on  which  were 
written  the  names  of  two  persons,  of  whom  one 
was  known  to  be  in  favour  of  the  Bill  and  the 
other  was  known  to  be  opposed  to  it.  It  remained 
for  the  voter  to  mark  his  cross  against  the  name 
of  the  person  whose  views  he  supported,  and  very 
well  the  voter  understood  what  he  was  doing.  He 
knew  that  he  was  voting  for  or  against  the  Home 
Rule  Bill.  Such  was  the  procedure  at  a  General 
Election. 

But  is  it  so  difficult  to  imagine  the  same  results 
obtained  by  the  other  method — the  Swiss  method 
of  the  Referendum  ?  In  the  same  way  the  voter 
goes  to  the  poll.  In  the  same  way  he  receives  a 
voting  paper.  And  then  begins  that  which  those 
who  are  opposed  to  the  Referendum  declare  to  be 
beyond  human  comprehension.  Instead  of  finding 
the  names  of  two  persons  written  on  the  voting 
paper,  the  voters  finds  these  words :  "  Are  you  in 
favour  of  the  Home  Rule  Bill?"  A  space  is  pro- 
vided on  the  paper,  in  which  space  the  voter  is 


168     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

expected  to  write  "  Yes  "  or  "  No."  The  following 
forms  put  the  two  methods  in  a  more  simple 
way: — 

Voting  Paper  in  a  General  Election. 


JONES,  JOHN  JOSEPH. 

SMITH,  SAMUEL  SIMON. 

Voting  Paper  in  a  Referendum. 


Are  you  in  favour  of  the  Home 

Rule  Bill?  — 


It  has  occasionally  happened  that  a  voter  on 
entering  the  polling  booth  and  receiving  his  vot- 
ing paper  has  been  seized  with  an  attack  of  heart 
disease  and  has  expired  immediately.  Whether 
it  is  feared  that  calamities  of  this  sort  would 
become  more  general  when  voters  who  are  accus- 
tomed to  the  first  of  these  voting  forms  are 
suddenly  confronted  with  the  second,  must  be 
left  for  opponents  of  the  scheme  to  explain.  But 
there  can  be  no  other  ground  for  saying  that  the 


THE    REFERENDUM  169 

Referendum  is  a  thing  beneath  consideration.  It 
is  not  difficult  to  understand.  It  is  not  difficult 
to  arrange  and  organise.  And  it  is  quite  definite 
and  unmistakable  in  its  results. 

Without  entering  on  a  general  argument  for  the 
Referendum  it  is  well  to  lay  stress  on  one  point  in 
which  it  is  sharply  distinguished  from  the  present 
English  way  of  arriving  at  the  opinion  of  the 
electorate.  In  1886  the  General  Election  turned 
almost  entirely  on  one  issue.  The  politics  of  the 
last  six  months  had  rendered  it  inevitable  that 
voters  going  to  the  poll  should  have  hardly  any 
other  subject  in  their  minds  except  the  Home 
Rule  Bill,  and  their  decision  was  undoubtedly  a 
decision  on  that  Bill  and  on  nothing  else.  But 
this  state  of  affairs  very  seldom  occurs.  It  usually 
happens  that  the  two  candidates  in  any  election 
are  supporters  of  parties  that  have  large  and 
varied  programmes.  It  may  be,  and  possibly  it  is 
usual,  that  each  candidate  whole-heartedly  accepts 
the  whole  policy  of  his  party.  From  their  sub- 
sequent votes  in  the  House  the  candidates  are 
entitled  to  this  assumption. 

We  may  allow,  for  instance,  and  for  the  sake  of 
argument,  that  all  Liberal  candidates  in  1910, 
with  three  or  four  exceptions,  were  supporters  of 
Home  Rule,  Welsh  Disestablishment,  the  Single 
Chamber  system,  the  Land  Taxes  of  1909,  Free 
Imports,  and  the  system  of  tenancy  small-holdings 
as  against  proprietary  small-holdings.  We  can 


170     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

suppose  also  that  they  placed  their  views  fully 
and  unreservedly  before  the  electors,  which  was 
not,  in  fact,  the  case.  They  were  opposed  by 
Unionists  who  differed  from  them  in  all  the  par- 
ticulars mentioned.  Now  if  the  decision  between 
each  two  candidates  depended  on  the  votes  of 
electors  whose  general  stock  of  opinions  was  always 
identical  with  that  of  one  or  other  of  them,  the 
return  of  either  would  be  an  exact  representation 
of  the  views  of  the  majority  at  the  moment.  But 
the  fact  is  that  opinions  are  not  to  be  classed  so 
easily.  A  belief  in  Free  Imports  does  not  prove 
that  the  believer  is  also  a  single- chamber  man. 
With  professional  politicians,  as  a  general  rule,  the 
whole  stock  of  opinions  can  be  guessed  from  any 
one ;  but  it  is  not  so  with  the  electors.  The 
deciding  factor  in  the  mind  of  the  ordinary  citizen 
is  either  a  traditional  attachment  to  his  party  or  a 
preference  for  the  measures  of  one  party  on  the 
whole,  or  a  strong  opinion  on  some  single  question 
among  the  many  that  fill  the  field  of  politics. 

Then  comes  the  theory  of  the  mandate  and 
makes  nonsense  of  all  that  the  electors  have  done. 
The  Liberal  Churchman  who  votes  Conservative 
because  of  the  Welsh  Disestablishment  Bill  is 
taken  to  have  given  a  mandate  for  Tariff  Reform, 
for  proprietary  small-holdings,  and  all  the  rest  of 
the  Conservative  programme.  Indeed  he  has 
actually  assisted  these  causes,  for  he  has  sent  a 
man  to  Parliament  who  will  labour  to  carry  them 


THE    REFERENDUM  171 

into  effect.  So  also  the  Conservative  Free  Traders, 
in  the  days  of  their  importance,  were  forced  into 
the  position  of  giving  a  mandate  and  a  measure  of 
practical  help  to  every  item  in  the  programme  of 
the  Liberals.  Of  the  two  elections  of  1910  it  was 
utterly  impossible  for  a  man  who  wished  to  support 
the  cause  of  Free  Imports  to  avoid  supporting 
also  the  attack  on  the  second  chamber,  on  the 
Church  in  Wales,  and  the  Union  of  the  Kingdom. 
However  earnestly  a  man  desired  to  see  Home 
Rule  in  Ireland  without  also  seeing  a  Church 
despoiled  and  disestablished,  he  was  bound  to  vote 
against  his  own  desires  on  one  question  or  the 
other.  If  he  voted  for  Jones  he  was  pronouncing 
for  the  spoliation  of  the  Church.  If  he  voted  for 
Smith  he  was  pronouncing  against  what  he  thought 
the  just  claims  of  the  Irish. 

Considerations  of  this  nature  have  led  to  many 
and  many  a  proposal  for  improving  the  machinery 
of  representation,  most  of  which,  unlike  a  poll  of 
the  people,  are  extremely  hard  to  understand  and 
apply.  In  the  middle  of  the  last  century  the 
philosopher  John  Stuart  Mill,  in  conjunction  with 
Thomas  Hare,  propounded  a  scheme  that  was  to 
open  the  gates  of  a  political  paradise.  Constitu- 
encies were  to  be  abolished.  Electors  were  no 
longer  to  be  limited  to  a  choice  between  two 
candidates  in  their  own  borough  or  county,  but 
were  to  be  free  to  choose  whomsoever  they  might 
think  the  truest  representative  of  their  particular 


172     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

variety  of  opinion.  A  Conservative  Free  Trader, 
for  instance,  would  not  have  been  confined  to  a 
choice  between  a  Liberal  and  a  Tariff  Keformer. 
He  could  have  chosen  his  own  representative,  and 
then,  by  his  own  vote,  and  by  the  votes  of  nine 
thousand,  nine  hundred  and  ninety-nine  others 
from  any  part  of  the  country,  he  could  have  sent 
his  man  to  Parliament.  There  is  no  doubt  that 
this  system,  once  at  work,  would  end  the  anomalies 
of  the  representative  system  as  we  know  it. 
Electors  would  no  longer  be  forced  to  vote  for 
much  they  do  not  like.  But  the  practical  diffi- 
culties of  working  the  scheme  are  terrible  to  con- 
template. The  formation  of  these  voluntary  con- 
stituencies of  persons  in  complete  agreement  on 
every  subject  would  require  an  amount  of  organisa- 
tion quite  beyond  what  is  possible.  The  interest 
of  the  subject  is  therefore  mostly  in  the  fact  that 
Mr.  Mill  was  aware  of  the  imperfections  of  the 
system  we  now  use. 

The  Referendum  is  as  nearly  as  possible  an 
absolute  cure  for  misrepresentation.  In  England 
it  would  enable  a  Liberal  elector  to  vote  Liberal 
because  he  wished  to  see  a  Liberal  Government, 
yet  to  veto  the  Welsh  Disestablishment  Bill  because 
that  Bill  was  not  a  part  of  the  work  he  desired  the 
Liberal  Government  to  undertake.  Any  ordinary 
combination  of  opinions  could,  under  a  poll  of  the 
people,  be  exactly  expressed  by  every  person  with 
a  vote. 


THE    REFERENDUM  173 

It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  the  adoption 
of  the  Referendum,  where  it  has  been  adopted,  has 
been  due  in  part  to  a  desire  to  elicit  the  true  will 
of  the  electorate  on  specific  questions.  For  the 
rest  it  has  been  due  to  the  wish  for  something  not 
less  important.  It  has  been  adopted  as  a  final 
safeguard  against  the  dangerous  alteration  of  very 
important  parts  of  the  law  of  the  land,  especially 
against  the  alteration  of  Constitutions. 

In  Switzerland  there  are  two  varieties  of  the 
Referendum  in  use.  These  are  known  as  the 
Compulsory  and  the  Optional.  The  effect  of  the 
Compulsory  Referendum  is  that  all  Bills  which 
fall  within  a  certain  category — roughly,  all  Bills 
of  any  public  importance — must  be  submitted  to 
a  Referendum  after  their  passage  through  Parlia- 
ment, and  cannot  pass  into  law  until  a  majority 
of  the  votes  cast  in  a  poll  of  the  people  have  been 
cast  in  their  favour.  The  Optional  Referendum 
is  different.  Under  this  system  a  Bill  may  become 
law  on  passing  the  Parliament  unless  a  certain 
number  of  the  electors  demand  a  Referendum 
upon  it.  If  this  demand  is  made,  a  Referendum 
must  be  held,  and  the  Bill  can  only  pass  on  obtain- 
ing a  majority  of  votes  in  its  favour.  Some  of  the 
Swiss  cantons  have  adopted  the  one  system,  and 
some  the  other.  In  the  Swiss  Confederation,  as  a 
whole,  there  have  been  two  periods  in  the  history 
of  the  Referendum.  Between  1848  and  1874  there 
was  a  Compulsory  Referendum  on  all  changes 


174     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

in  the  Federal  Constitution.  After  1874  another 
Referendum  was  added.  This  was  to  be  applied 
in  the  case  of  all  new  laws  of  any  sort  on  the  de- 
mand of  30,000  electors,  or  on  the  demand  of 
eight  of  the  cantons. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  Conservative 
opinion  in  Switzerland  was  much  alarmed  by 
the  introduction  of  the  Referendum  system,  and 
that  the  alarm  proved  peculiarly  false.  No  sooner 
was  this  extreme  authority  granted  to  the  Swiss 
people  than  they  fell  into  the  habit  of  using  it  in 
a  manner  the  very  reverse  of  revolutionary.  If 
we  regard  the  Swiss  electorate  as  a  kind  of  second 
chamber,  which  indeed  they  are,  they  are  the 
strongest  and  most  cautious  second  chamber  in 
the  world.  The  testimony  of  observers  goes  to 
show  that  the  consciousness  of  influence  and 
authority  has  worked  in  the  Swiss  citizen  so  as  to 
deepen  and  widen  his  interest  in  politics,  while 
making  him  intensely  cautious. 

It  may  not  be  without  interest  to  note  some  of 
the  subjects  upon  which  the  Swiss  electorate  has 
been  asked  to  pronounce  by  means  of  a  poll  of 
the  people,  and  the  decisions  to  which  it  has 
come.  If  the  list  does  not  appear  very  startling 
or  sensational,  that  detracts  nothing  from  the 
credit  due  to  the  stability  and  regularity  of  Swiss 
politics. 

In  1875  the  Parliament  of  the  Confederation 
passed  a  Bill  to  change  the  voters'  qualifications. 


THE    REFERENDUM  175 

It  was  rejected  on  a  Referendum  by  207,263  votes 
to  202,583. 

In  the  same  year  the  Parliament  passed  a  Bill 
to  alter  the  law  of  marriage.  The  Bill  abolished 
the  cantonal  regulations  with  regard  to  marriage, 
and  made  a  civil  ceremony  of  marriage  compul- 
sory throughout  the  Confederation.  The  voters 
accepted  it  by  213,199  votes  to  205,669. 

In  1876  the  Parliament  passed  a  law  on  the  sub- 
ject of  bank  notes.  This  was  rejected  by  193,253 
to  120,068. 

In  the  same  year  the  Parliament  passed  a  Bill 
fixing  the  indemnities  to  be  paid  to  the  Confedera- 
tion by  citizens  who  were  dispensed  from  mili- 
tary service.  This  was  rejected  by  184,894  to 
156,157. 

In  1877  the  same  Bill  was  rejected  by  181,363 
to  170,223. 

In  1879  the  Parliament  passed  a  Bill  granting 
subsidies  for  railway  construction  in  the  Alps. 
This  was  accepted  by  278,731  to  115,571. 

In  1882  the  Parliament,  singularly  misjudging 
the  popular  opinion)  passed  a  Bill  that  laid  down 
regulations  for  the  prevention  of  certain  epidemics. 
This  was  rejected  by  the  large  majority  of  254,340 
to  68,027. 

In  1884  four  Bills  which  had  been  passed  by 
the  Parliament  were  rejected  by  the  people  in  a 
a  single  day.  One  was  ensure  the  appointment 
of  a  new  official  in  the  Department  of  Justice. 


176     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Another  to  appoint  a  secretary  to  the  Swiss  Lega- 
tion at  Washington.  Another  was  to  exempt 
commercial  travellers  from  certain  taxes.  Another 
was  to  remove  certain  criminal  trials  from  the 
courts  of  the  cantons  to  the  courts  of  the  Con- 
federation. 

Switzerland  has  pushed  the  principle  of  the 
Referendum  to  lengths  beyond  anything  that 
other  countries  are  likely  to  follow.  It  should  be 
remembered,  however,  that  in  a  small  country 
small  matters  bulk  large.  It  is  not  likely  that 
any  Englishman  would  advocate  the  Referendum 
for  the  appointment  of  a  legation  secretary.  But 
none  the  less  is  Switzerland  interesting  as  an  in- 
stance of  the  intelligibility  and  practicability  of 
the  Referendum  system,  and  of  its  potent  value 
as  a  safeguard  against  the  rash  actions  of  a  tem- 
porarily irresponsible  Legislature. 

In  one  form  or  another  the  Referendum  has 
now  been  adopted  by  all  but  one  of  the  States  of 
the  American  Union. 

In  Oregon,  where  the  system  is  well  developed, 
some  typical  cases  are  the  following.  In  1907  the 
Legislature  passed  a  law  requiring  the  railways 
to  grant  free  passes  to  State  officials.  This  was 
rejected  on  a  Referendum.  In  1908,  five  measures 
were  enacted  by  the  Referendum.^  One  provided 
Jor  the  "  recall "  or  dismissal  of  public  functionaries 
at  popular  demand.  Another  practically  trans- 
ferred the  choice  of  Federal  senators  from  the 


THE    REFERENDUM  177 

Legislature  to  the  electorate.  Another  introduced 
a  form  of  proportional  representation.  Another 
was  the  Corrupt  Practices  Act.  Another  reformed 
the  Grand  Jury  system. 

The  law  of  Oregon  provides  that  the  Govern- 
ment shall  print  a  pamphlet  on  the  occasion  of 
each  General  Election,  which  means  once  in  two 
years.  This  pamphlet  contains  the  text  of  every 
measure  passed  by  the  Legislature  within  the  last 
two  years.  It  is  sent  at  the  cost  of  the  Govern- 
ment to  every  elector  fifty-five  days  before  the 
date  of  the  General  Election  about  to  be  held. 
The  electors  are  then  supposed  to  read  and  con- 
sider the  Bills.  Each  one  has  a  title  at  its  head, 
which  is  not  the  title  given  by  the  Legislature, 
but  a  special  descriptive  title  drafted  by  the 
Attorney-General.  When  the  election  occurs  the 
voting  papers  contain  not  only  the  names  of  the 
candidates  for  election,  but  also  the  special  de- 
scriptive titles  of  all  the  Bills  in  the  pamphlet 
against  which  the  elector  is  expected  to  mark  his 
Yes  or  No.  Thus,  while  voting  for  the  members 
of  the  new  Legislature,  the  elector  gives  his  assent 
or  veto  to  the  measures  passed  by  the  Legislature 
which  has  expired.  Only  the  measures  which 
survive  this  test  are  embodied  in  the  law  of  the 
State.  Those  that  do  not  secure  a  majority  of 
votes  are  dropped.  As  many  as  thirty- two  Bills 
have  thus  been  referred  to  the  electors  of  Oregon 
on  a  single  voting  paper. 


178     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

The  Referendum  has  been  adopted  in  Queens- 
land, in  South  Australia,  and  in  the  Common- 
wealth of  Australia.  In  Queensland  it  is  used  to 
settle  differences  between  the  two  Houses  of  Legis- 
lature. These,  before  the  adoption  of  a  poll  of 
the  people,  were  frequent  and  bitter ;  but  such  a 
reference  to  the  electors  has  provided  a  perfect 
solution.  In  South  Australia  the  question  of 
denominational  teaching  in  schools,  the  question 
that  has  agitated  England  for  so  long,  was  settled 
by  reference  to  the  electors.  In  the  Common- 
wealth it  has  been  adopted  as  a  Constitutional 
safeguard.  No  change  in  the  Constitution  can  be 
effected  without  recourse  to  this  method  of  testing 
the  will  of  the  electorate,  and  there  have  already 
been  notable  instances  of  the  value  of  the  safe- 
guard. One  case  was  in  1911,  when  the  Labour 
Ministry  of  the  Commonwealth  submitted  two 
Constitutional  amendments.  The  first  would  have 
transferred  from  the  State  Governments  to  the 
Commonwealth  Government  the  control  of  all 
legislation  affecting  industry  and  commerce.  The 
second  was  a  proposal  for  the  nationalisation  of 
monopolies.  Both  of  these  were  rejected  by  the 
electorate,  and  the  numbers  of  votes  cast  on  the 
question  went  to  show  that  an  electorate  is  not 
less  willing  to  take  the  trouble  of  voting  at  a 
Referendum  than  at  a  General  Election. 

One  generalisation  can  be  made  about  the  use 
of  the  Referendum,  which  is,  without  doubt,  the 


THE    REFERENDUM  179 

last  that  would  have  been  expected  by  the  Con- 
servatives of  the  past.  This  powerful  weapon  of 
democracy  has  never  been  used  in  a  Socialistic 
or  predatory  spirit.  Not  even  in  America,  where 
the  fight  against  corruption  has  excited  such 
dangerous  passions,  has  the  newly-forged  sword 
of  the  people  been  directed  against  the  security 
of  property.  Proposals  of  that  nature  have  been 
made,  but  have  been  rejected  by  the  electorates. 
In  Australia  the  doubtful  ventures  of  a  Labour 
Government  have  been  checked.  In  Switzerland 
the  Conservatism  of  the  electors  has  been  astonish- 
ing. The  Referendum,  therefore,  may  claim  some 
part  of  the  blessing  pronounced  by  Disraeli  upon 
those  who  are  wise  enough  to  trust  the  instincts 
of  a  people. 


APPENDIX   I 

LEGISLATURES  OF  THE  OVERSEA  STATES 

AUSTRALIA,  COMMONWEALTH  OF.  —  Second  Chamber  ; 
36  members,  6  for  each  State,  directly  elected  by  the 
people  of  each  State  for  six  years,  one-half  retiring 
every  three  years. 

House  of  Representatives  ;  75  members  (about), 
elected  for  three  years.  In  cases  of  deadlocks  on 
general  legislation  and  finance  a  simultaneous  dis- 
solution of  both  Houses,  followed  by  a  joint  sitting  • 
in  cases  of  disagreements  on  constitutional  alterations, 
the  Referendum. 

New  South  Wales. — Second  Chamber:  54  members 
(about),  nominated  by  the  Governor  for  life. 

Legislative  Assembly :  90  members  elected  for 
three  years  by  men  and  women  over  21,  with  residen- 
tial qualification.  No  provision  made  for  removing 
deadlocks,  but  the  number  of  the  second  chamber 
is  unlimited,  and  the  Governor  may  add  members  to 
such  extent  as  he  thinks  fit. 

Victoria. — Second  Chamber :  34  members  elected  for 
six  years,  half  retiring  every  three  years,  by  electors  of 
both  sexes  having  property,  educational,  medical, 
ecclesiastical,  naval,  or  military,  qualifications. 

180 


THE    OVERSEA    STATES  181 

Legislative  Assembly :  65  members  elected  for 
three  years  by  universal  suffrage.  In  case  of  dead- 
lock the  Governor  may  dissolve  both  chambers. 

Queensland. — Second  Chamber:  Number  not  limited, 
usually  between  40  and  50  members;  in  1911  there 
were  42,  summoned  for  life  by  the  Governor. 

Legislative  Assembly:  72  members  elected  for 
three  years  by  adult  electors  having  residential 
qualification.  In  case  of  deadlock  it  is  provided 
that  the  measure  in  dispute  shall  be  submitted  to 
a  Referendum  of  the  electors. 

South  Australia.  —  Second  Chamber:  18  members 
elected  for  six  years,  9  members  retiring  every  three 
years ;  elected  by  adult  British  subjects  of  either  sex 
having  six  months'  residential,  in  addition  to  pro- 
perty, occupation,  or  official,  qualification. 

House  of  Assembly  .-40  members  elected  for  three 
years  by  electors  of  21  having  six  months'  residen- 
tial qualification,  male  or  female.  In  cases  of  dead- 
lock the  Governor  may  dissolve  both  Houses  or  he 
may  issue  writs  for  the  election  of  9  additional  mem- 
bers to  the  second  chamber. 

Tasmania. — Second  Chamber:  18  members  elected  for 
six  years,  one-sixth  retiring  every  year,  by  adults  of 
either  sex  possessing  property,  university,  profes- 
sional, or  service,  qualification. 

House  of  Assembly :  30  members  elected  for  three 
years  by  citizens,  male  or  female,  having  one  year's 
residential  qualification.  There  is  no  provision  made 
for  removing  deadlocks. 

Western  Australia. — Second  Chamber:  30  members 
elected  for  six  years,  one-third  retiring  every  two 

G 


182     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

years,  by  adult  British  subjects  of  either  sex  having 
a  property  and  six  months'  residential  qualification. 

Legislative  Assembly:  50  members  elected  for 
three  years  by  electors  over  21  having  six  months' 
residential  qualification.  Electors  for  both  Houses 
may  be  male  or  female.  No  provision  for  removing 
deadlock.  q^ 

CANADA,  DOMINION  OF. — Second  Chamber:  87  members 
nominated  by  Governor-General  for  life. 

House  of  Commons:  221  members  elected  by 
constituencies,  voting  by  ballot,  for  five  years ;  fran- 
chise varies  in  different  provinces.  No  express  pro- 
vision is  made  for  removing  deadlocks,  but  six  new 
members  may  be  added  to  the  second  chamber. 

The  nine  provinces  of  Canada  have  each  a  separate 
parliament  and  administration. 

Nova  Scotia. — Second  Chamber:   21   members  nomi- 
nated for  life  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor. 

Legislative  Assembly:  38  members.  No  pro- 
vision exists  for  the  adjustment  of  differences 
between  the  two  chambers. 

Quebec. — Second  Chamber :  24  members  appointed  for 
life  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor. 

Legislative  Assembly :  74  members.  No  pro- 
vision exists  for  the  adjustment  of  differences 
between  the  two  chambers. 

New  Brunswick. — Single  Chamber :  46  members. 

Ontario. — Single  Chamber:  106  members. 

Manitoba. — Single  Chamber :  40  members. 

British  Columbia. — Single  Chamber :  38  members. 

Prince  Edward  Island. — Single  Chamber :  30  members. 

Alberta. — Single  Chamber:  41  members. 


THE    OVERSEA    STATES  183 

Saskatchewan. — Single  Chamber:  41  members- 
Yukon. — Executive  Council  .-10  members  elected  by  the 
people. 

NEWFOUNDLAND. — Second  Chamber :  20  members  (about), 
appointed  by  the  King,  who  remain  members  during 
his  pleasure. 

House  of  Assembly :  36  members.  There  is  no 
provision  for  removing  deadlocks,  but  there  is  no 
limit  to  the  power  of  the  Crown  to  add  to  the  mem- 
bers of  the  second  chamber. 

NEW  ZEALAND,  DOMINION  OP. — Second  Chamber :  38 
members  summoned  by  the  Governor  for  seven  years 
(excepting  those  summoned  before  1891,  who  are 
life  members). 

House  of  Representatives:  80  members  elected  for 
three  years  by  the  people :  adult  suffrage  with 
residential  qualification.  There  is  no  provision  made 
for  removing  deadlocks,  and  there  is  no  fixed  limit 
to  the  number  of  members  of  the  second  chamber. 

SOUTH  AFRICA,  UNION  OF. — Second  Chamber:  40  mem- 
bers, for  ten  years  after  establishment  of  Union,  8 
nominated  by  Governor-General  and  32  elected  in 
the  first  instance  by  the  Legislatures  of  each  of  the 
original  provinces  in  joint  assembly. 

House  of  Assembly :  121  members  elected  for  five 
years,  electors  to  possess  same  qualification  as  before 
Act  of  Union.  In  case  of  deadlock,  joint  sitting  of 
both  Houses. 


APPENDIX  II 

LEGISLATURES  OF  FOREIGN   COUNTRIES 

ABYSSINIA. — State  Council  consisting  of  most  important 
rases,  under  whom  for  administrative  purposes  are 
governors  of  districts  and  provinces  and  chiefs  of 
villages.  A  Council  of  Ministers  has  been  con- 
stituted by  the  Emperor. 

ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC. — Second  Chamber :  30  members, 
being  two  representatives  from  the  capital  elected 
by  a  special  body  of  electors,  and  two  from  each 
province  elected  by  provincial  legislatures ;  one-third 
retire  every  third  year. 

House  of  Deputies  :  1 20  members  elected  for  four 
years,  one-half  retiring  every  two  years. 

Constitutional  changes  must  be  sanctioned  by  a 
Constituent  Assembly  especially  elected  for  the 
purpose. 

AUSTRIA. — Second  Chamber:  248  to  268  members,  vary- 
ing according  to  number  of  life  members ;  imperial 
princes ;  hereditary  nobles  who  are  landowners ;  10 
archbishops ;  7  bishops ;  life  members  nominated  by 
the  Crown  for  distinguished  services ;  maximum  of 
life  members,  170;  minimum,  150.  If  the  two  Houses 
are  unable  to  agree  a  Joint  Committee  is  formed. 

184 


FOREIGN    COUNTRIES  185 

Abgeo?'ductenhau8 :  516  members  elected  by  citi- 
zens over  24 ;  one  year's  residential  qualification. 

BELGIUM. — Second  Chamber:  110  members,  who  must 
be  40  years  of  age,  own  or  occupy  real  estate  valued 
at  £480  per  annum  or  pay  £48  a  year  in  direct 
taxes,  elected  for  eight  years,  half  retiring  every 
four  years ;  83  by  direct  election  by  those  electors, 
being  over  30  years  of  age,  who  elect  the  Chamber 
of  Representatives ;  and  27  by  County  Councils. 

Chamber  of  Representatives :  166  members  elected 
for  four  years,  half  retiring  every  two  years ;  elected 
by  citizens  over  25  holding  a  year's  residential  quali- 
fication ;  supplementary  votes  given  to  citizens  for 
property  or  educational  special  qualifications;  no 
person  to  possess  more  than  three  votes ;  propor- 
tional representation  for  both  chambers.  Deadlocks 
evaded  by  the  re-election  every  four  years  of  one-half 
of  the  Senate  and  the  possibility  of  a  parliamentary 
dissolution. 

BOLIVIA. — Second  Chamber:  16  members,  2  for  each 
Department,  elected  for  six  years,  one-third  retiring 
every  two  years. 

Chamber  of  Deputies :  75  members  elected  for 
four  years,  one-half  retiring  every  two  years.  Both 
chambers  elected  by  direct  vote  of  all  who  can  read 
and  write. 

BRAZIL  — Second  Chamber :  63  members  elected  for  nine 
years,  one-third  retiring  every  third  year ;  three 
from  each  State  elected  by  direct  vote. 

Chamber  of  Deputies:  212  members  elected  by 
direct  vote,  under  universal  suffrage,  for  three  years. 

BULGARIA. — National   Assembly:   215  members  elected 


186     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

by    universal    manhood    suffrage    for    four    years. 
(Single  chamber.) 

Questions  concerning  the  acquisition  or  cession 
of  territory,  constitutional  changes,  vacancy  on  the 
throne,  or  appointment  of  a  regent,  have  to  be  decided 
by  a  Grand  Sobranje  elected  for  the  special  purpose. 

CHILE. — Second  Chamber:  37  members  elected  for  six 
years  by  provinces,  in  proportion  of  one  Senator  to 
three  Deputies. 

Chamber  of  Deputies:  108  members  elected  for 
three  years ;  proportional  representation.  Both 
bodies  elected  by  same  electors,  who  must  be  21, 
and  able  to  read  and  write. 

CHINA. — Not  completed  since  Revolution  of  1911. 

COLOMBIA. — Second  Chamber :  35  members  indirectly 
elected  by  electors  specially  chosen  for  the  purpose ; 
elected  for  four  years. 

House  of  Representatives :  92  members  elected  by 
people  for  four  years ;  proportional  representation. 

COSTA  RICA. — Chamber  of  Representatives :  43  members, 
being  one  representative  to  every  8000  inhabitants 
chosen  in  electoral  assemblies,  members  of  which  are 
returned  by  suffrage  of  all  able  to  support  them- 
selves. Elected  for  four  years,  half  retiring  every 
two  years.  (Single  chamber.) 

CRETE. — Bule:  65  members  elected  for  three  years  in 
proportion  of  one  to  every  5000  inhabitants.  (Single 
chamber.) 

CUBA. — Second  Chamber:  24  members,  four  for  each 
province. 

House  of  Representatives :  83  members ;  propor- 
tional representation. 


FOREIGN    COUNTRIES  187 

DENMARK. — Second  Chamber :  66  members,  12  nominated 
by  Crown  for  life;  54  elected  for  eight  years  by 
electoral  bodies  composed  partly  of  largest  tax-payers 
in  country  districts,  partly  of  largest  tax-payers  in 
cities,  and  partly  of  deputies  from  the  totality  of 
citizens  possessing  the  franchise,  half  retiring  every 
four  years.  In  the  event  of  deadlocks  a  joint-com- 
mittee is  formed,  the  report  of  which  is  decided  upon 
in  each  chamber  separately ;  no  finality  is  therefore 
ensured. 

Folketing :  114  members,  elected  for  three  years 
by  direct  election ;  electors  over  30  with  one  year's 
residential  qualification. 

ECUADOR. — Second  Chamber  :  32  members  elected  for 
four  years,  two  for  each  province. 

Chamber  of  Deputies :  48  members  elected  for 
two  years ;  proportional  representation.  Both 
chambers  elected  by  adults  who  can  read  and 
write. 

FRANCE. — Second  Chamber:  300  members,  elected  for 
nine  years  by  an  electoral  college  composed  of  dele- 
gates chosen  by  municipal  council  of  each  commune 
in  proportion  to  population  ;  of  parliamentary  depu- 
ties; and  of  departmental  and  district  councillors. 
One-third  retire  every  three  years. 

Chamber  of  Deputies:  597  members  elected  by 
universal  suffrage.  In  cases  of  deadlock  provision  is 
made  for  appointment  of  a  joint-committee  to  confer  ; 
for  constitutional  revisions  each  chamber  separately 
declares  the  necessity,  and  both  then  meet  as  a 
National  Assembly.  When  deadlock  is  absolute, 
second  chamber  cannot  be  dissolved,  and  appeal  to 


188     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

country  can  only  be  if  second  chamber  consents  to 
dissolution  of  Chamber  of  Deputies. 
GERMAN   EMPIRE. — Second    Chamber :    61    members   ap- 
pointed by  the  Governments  of  the  individual  States 
for  each  Session. 

The  Reichstag :  397  members  elected  by  universal 
suffrage  and  ballot  for  five  years. 

All  laws  for  the  Empire  must  receive  the  votes 
of  an  absolute  majority  of  the  Bundesrath  and  the 
Reichstag. 

Bavaria  (German  State). — Second  Chamber :  80  mem- 
bers (about)  ;  royal  princes ;  nobles  owning  manorial 
estates ;  hereditary  and  life  members  nominated  by 
the  Crown;  4  ecclesiastical  representatives.  Life 
members  not  to  exceed  one-third  of  whole.  Dis- 
puted matters  sent  backwards  and  forwards  until 
disposed  of. 

Kammer  der  Abgeorducten :  163  members  elected 
by  men  over  25  ;  one  year's  residential  qualification. 
Prussia  (German  State). — Second  Chamber :  365  mem- 
bers (about),  but  number  unlimited ;  royal  princes ; 
hereditary  members;  life  members  nominated  by 
Crown ;  civic,  ecclesiastical,  and  territorial  represen- 
tatives. 

Abgeorductenliaus :  443  members,  elected  by  in- 
direct electors  of  three  classes  according  to  amount 
paid  in  taxes.  No  provision  for  deadlocks. 
Saxony,  Kingdom  of  (German  State). — Second  Chamber: 
46  members ;  royal  princes ;  hereditary  members ; 
members  nominated  for  life  by  the  Crown ;  members 
elected  for  life  by  owners  of  nobiliar  estates ;  official 
and  ecclesiastical  members  and  representatives. 


FOREIGN    COUNTRIES  189 

Lower  Chamber  .-91  members,  elected  by  citizens 
over  25  with  small  property  qualification ;  supple- 
mentary votes  given  to  citizens  with  special  quali- 
fications— age,  property,  or  education.  In  case  of 
deadlock  matter  referred  to  deputations  of  both 
chambers  for  consideration  only. 

Wiirtemburg  (German  State). — Second  Chamber:  50 
members  (about) ;  royal  princes ;  hereditary  nobles 
owning  landed  estates ;  life  members  nominated  by 
the  Crown ;  representatives  of  the  lower  nobility ; 
elected  representatives  of  industrial  interests ;  ecclesi- 
astical and  educational  representatives.  Budget 
disputes  settled  by  the  majority  of  votes  in  both 
chambers  when  added  together ;  if  votes  equal, 
president  of  lower  chamber  has  casting  vote. 
Lower  Chamber :  93  members. 

Baden  (German  State). — Second  Chamber:  40  mem- 
bers (about) ;  princes  of  the  ducal  house ;  hereditary, 
ecclesiastical,  and  official  members ;  members  elected 
by  landed  nobility ;  educational  and  industrial  repre- 
sentatives ;  and  members  nominated  by  Grand 
Duke. 

Lower  Chamber :  73  members  elected  for  four 
years  by  citizens  over  25.  In  case  of  Budget  dis- 
putes votes  cast  in  both  chambers  for  and  against 
added  together.  Constitutional  changes  dependent 
on  majority  of  votes  of  both  chambers. 

Hesse  Darmstadt  (German  State). — Second  Chamber  : 
34  members  (about);  princes  of  the  ducal  house; 
hereditary  members;  life  members  nominated  by 
the  Grand  Duke;  and  ecclesiastical  and  official 
members. 


190     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Lower  Chamber :  58  members,  elected  by  electors 
over  25  years  of  age  paying  direct  taxes  for  six 
years;  half  retire  every  three  years.  Alterations 
and  additions  to  the  Constitution  must  have  consent 
of  both  chambers. 

Oldenburg  (German  State). — Landtag:  45  members 
elected  for  five  years  by  the  votes  of  tax -pay  ing 
citizens.  (Single  chamber.) 

Saxony  (German  State). — Single  Chamber:  33  members, 
10  chosen  by  landowners  and  others,  with  income  of 
£1 50  per  annum  or  more,  5  representing  education 
and  principal  industries,  and  23  by  other  inhabit- 
ants. All  citizens  over  25  have  votes. 

Anhalt  (German  State). — Diet :  36  members,  2  nomi- 
nated by  the  reigning  Duke,  8  representatives  of 
landholders  who  pay  highest  taxes,  2  representatives 
of  the  mercantile  and  industrial  classes,  14  repre- 
sentatives of  towns,  and  10  of  the  rural  districts, 
the  representatives  being  elected  by  indirect  vote 
for  six  years.  (Single  chamber.) 

Brunswick  (German  State). — Single  Chamber;  48  mem- 
bers, 15  elected  by  towns,  15  by  rural  districts,  2 
by  Protestant  clergy,  4  by  landlords,  3  by  industrial 
classes,  4  by  scientific  professions,  and  5  by  those 
highest  taxed  for  income.  Chamber  meets  every 
two  years. 

Saxe- Altenburg  ( German  State). — Single  Chamber :  32 
members  elected  for  three  years,  9  chosen  by  highest 
taxed  inhabitants,  11  by  inhabitants  of  towns,  and 
12  by  inhabitants  of  rural  districts. 

Saxe-Coburg  &  Gotha  (German  State). — Single  Cham- 
ber: Coburg  Chamber  consists  of  11,  and  Gotha 


FOREIGN    COUNTRIES  191 

Chamber  of  19  members,  for  common  affairs.  Cham- 
bers meet  in  common.  Elected  by  indirect  voting 
of  every  citizen  over  25  years  of  age  paying  direct 
taxes.  Elections  every  four  years. 

Saxe-Meiningen  (German  State). — Single  Chamber: 
24  members;  4  elected  by  payers  of  highest  land 
and  property  tax,  4  by  those  paying  income  tax  on 
XI 50  or  more,  16  by  all  other  inhabitants  :  elections 
every  six  years. 

Lippe  (German  State). — Diet:  21  members  elected  in 
3  divisions  determined  by  scale  of  rates. 

Schaumburg-Lippe  (German  State). — Single  Chamber  : 
15  members,  2  appointed  by  the  reigning  Prince, 
3  nominated  by  nobility,  clergy,  &c.,  rest  elected  by 
the  people. 

Schwarzburg  -  Rudolstadt  (German  State).  —  Single 
Chamber  .-16  members,  4  elected  by  highest  assessed 
inhabitants,  rest  elected  by  the  people,  all  elected 
for  three  years. 

Schwarzburg-Sondershausen  (German  State). — Single 
Chamber:  18  members,  6  appointed  by  the  ruling 
Prince,  6  elected  by  certain  highly  taxed  landowners 
and  others,  and  6  elected  by  people. 

Bremen  (German  State). — Second  Chamber:  16  mem- 
bers elected  by  itself  and  the  Convent. 

Convent:  150  members  elected  for  six  years  by 
the  votes  of  all  the  citizens,  divided  into  classes. 

Hamburg  (German  State). — Second  Chamber :  18  mem- 
bers elected  for  life  by  the  House  of  Burgesses. 

House  of  Burgesses:  160  members,  80  of  whom 
are  elected  by  ballot  by  all  tax-paying  citizens,  40 
chosen  by  ballot  by  house-property  owners,  and  40 


192     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

by   legislators,  ex-legislators,  and  others.      Elected 
for  six  years,  half  retiring  every  three  years. 
Liibeck  (German  State). — Second  Chamber :  14  mem- 
bers elected  for  life. 

Burgerschaft :    120  members  chosen  by  all   the 
citizens. 

Alsace-Lorraine  (German  State). — Second  Chamber: 
40  members  (about) ;  ecclesiastical,  legal,  educational, 
civic,  industrial,  and  agricultural  representatives 
number  23,  and  a  number  nominated  by  the  Em- 
peror not  to  exceed  this ;  elected  for  five  years. 

Lower  Chamber :  60  members  elected  on  general 
direct  suffrage,  by  ballot,  for  five  years. 
GREECE. — Council  of  State,  re-established  in   1911  as  a 
substitute  for  a  second  chamber. 

Bule :  173  members  elected  by  manhood  suffrage, 
for  four  years. 

GUATEMALA. — Second  Chamber:  13  members,  forming  a 
Council  of  State,  partly  elected  by  the  National 
Assembly,  and  partly  nominated  by  the  President  of 
the  Kepublic. 

National  Assembly  :  100  members  (about),  elected 
by  universal  suffrage  for  four  years. 

HAITI. — Second  Chamber:  39  members  elected  for  six 
years,  one- third  retiring  every  two  years,  by  Chamber 
of  Communes  from  list  compiled  partly  by  the  Pre- 
sident and  partly  by  the  electors. 

Chamber  of  the  Communes:  99  members  elected 
for  three  years  by  direct  popular  vote. 
HONDURAS. — Chamber  of  Deputies :  42  members  elected 
for    four   years   by    direct   popular    vote.      (Single 
chamber.) 


FOREIGN    COUNTRIES  193 

HUNGARY. — Second  Chamber:  384  members  (about); 
hereditary  members  ;  life  members  ;  official  and  legal 
members ;  ecclesiastical  members ;  and  3  members- 
representing  Croatia-Slavonia. 

House  of  Representatives  :  453  members  elected  by 
male  citizens  of  20  years  of  age  who  are  direct  tax- 
payers or  have  professional  or  educational  qualifi- 
cations. 

ITALY. — Second  Chamber :  380  members  (about),  but 
number  unlimited ;  nominated,  out  of  twenty-one 
different  categories,  by  the  King  on  the  proposition 
of  his  Ministers. 

Chamber  of  Deputies :  508  members  elected  by 
citizens  over  21  having  educational,  property,  taxable, 
occupational,  or  military  service  qualification.  Bills 
in  dispute  passed  backward  aud  forward  until  agree- 
ment reached;  no  provision  made  for  a  definite 
settlement. 

JAPAN. — Second  Chamber  :  Males  of  the  Imperial  family > 
hereditary  members,  members  of  the  nobility,  elected 
by  their  respective  orders,  members  nominated  by 
the  Emperor  for  services  to  the  State  or  erudition,  or 
as  representing  land,  industry,  or  trade;  membership, 
when  not  for  life,  for  seven  years. 

House  of  Representatives :  379  members,  elected 
by  ballot  by  citizens  of  not  less  than  25,  possessing 
one  year's  residential  and  small  property  qualifica- 
tions. 

LIBERIA. — Second  Chamber  elected  for  six  years. 

House  of  Representatives  for  four  years.  Electors1 
must  be  of  negro  blood  and  owners  of  land. 

LIECHTENSTEIN. — Single  Chamber:  1 5  members  appointed 


194     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

for  four  years,  3  by  the  reigning  Prince,  12  by  in- 
direct vote. 

LUXEMBURG. — Single  Chamber  of  Deputies :  53  members 
elected  directly  by  cantons  for  six  years,  half  retiring 
every  three  years. 

MEXICO. — Second  Chamber :  56  members  elected  for  two 
years. 

House  of  Representatives:  233  members  elected 
for  two  years.  Both  chambers  elected  by  votes  of 
all  respectable  male  resident  adults  of  25  years  of 
age. 

MONACO. — National  Council:  21  members  elected  by 
universal  suffrage  and  scrutin  de  liste  for  four 
years. 

MONTENEGRO. — Single  Chamber:  74  members,  62  elected 
by  universal  suffrage  for  four  years,  12  ex  officio, 
ecclesiastical,  official,  and  military  members. 

NETHERLANDS. — Second  Chamber :  50  members,  by  indi- 
rect election  by  Provincial  States  for  nine  years,  one- 
third  retiring  every  third  year. 

Lower  Chamber:  100  members,  elected  by  male 
citizens  not  under  25  having  small  property  quali- 
fication. Sovereign  may  dissolve  both  chambers. 

NICARAGUA. — Single  Chamber:  36  members  elected  for 
six  years  by  universal  suffrage. 

NORWAY. — Second  Chamber:  30  members,  elected  by 
and  from  the  lower  chamber. 

Lower  Chamber:  123  members  elected  by  male 
and  female  citizens  over  25  with  small  property 
qualification.  In  case  of  disagreement,  joint  sitting; 
a  two-thirds  majority  then  necessary  to  enable  Bills 
;to  become  law. 


FOREIGN    COUNTRIES  195 

PANAMA. — Single    Chamber  of  Deputies:    32    members, 

meeting  biennially. 
PARAGUAY. — Second  Chamber:  60  members  (about). 

Chamber    of    Deputies:    120    members    (about). 

Both  chambers  elected  directly  by  the  people. 
PERU. — Second  Chamber :  62  members. 

House  of  Representatives:  116  members.     Mem- 
bers of  both  chambers  are  elected  by  direct  vote ; 

one  third  of  the  members  of  each   chamber   retire 

every  two  years. 
PORTUGAL. — Second   Chamber:    71   members  elected  by 

municipal  councils  for  three  years,  half  retiring  every 

three  years. 

National  Council:  164  members  elected  by  direct 

suffrage  for  three  years. 
ROUMANIA. — Second  Chamber:  120  members  elected  for 

eight  years  by  two    colleges    of   electors,   the   first 

comprising  citizens  in  receipt  of  X80  per  annum  or 

more,  and  the  second  of  those  in  receipt  of  from  .£32 

to  X80  per  annum. 

Chamber  of  Deputies:  183  members  elected  for 

four  years  by  three  colleges  of  electors  possessing 

different  franchise  qualifications. 
RUSSIA. — Second    Chamber:    Equal   number   of    elected 

members  and  members  nominated  by  the  Emperor ; 

elected  members  sit  for  nine  years,  one-third  retiring 

every  three  years. 

Duma:  Members   elected  indirectly  by  electoral 

bodies  of  chief  towns  of  governments  or  provinces 

and  of  greatest  cities,  composed  of  delegates  chosen 

by  district  or  town    elective   assembly.      Members 

elected  for  five  years. 


196      THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

SALVADOR. — Single  Congress  of  Deputies:  42  members 
elected  for  one  year  by  universal  suffrage. 

SANTO  DOMINGO. — Second  Chamber:  12  members. 

Chamber  of  Deputies  .-24  members.  Members  of 
both  chambers  chosen  by  indirect  selection  for  four 
years. 

SERVIA. — Single  Chamber :  160  members  elected  for  four 
years  by  male  citizens  over  21,  with  small  property 
qualification. 

Si  AM. — Legislative  Council:  40  members,  nominated  by 
the  King;  (Single  Chamber.) 

SPAIN. — Second  Chamber :  360  members ;  royal  princes ; 
hereditary  members;  members  nominated  for  life 
by  the  Crown ;  members  elected  by  the  communal 
and  provincial  States,  Church,  universities,  acade- 
mies, &c.,  and  by  largest  taxpayers ;  non-elected 
members  not  to  exceed  elected  members.  When 
lower  chamber  dissolves,  elective  portion  of  upper 
chamber  dissolves. 

Chamber  of  Deputies :  406  members,  elected  under 
system  of  compulsory  voting  by  male  electors  over 
25.  Joint-committee  confers  and  reports  on  a  disputed 
Bill ;  if  the  report  is  accepted  by  both  Houses  the 
Bill  is  held  to  be  passed. 

SWEDEN. — Second  Chamber:  150  members  elected  by 
the  provincial  and  municipal  councils  for  six  years. 
Proportional  representation. 

Lower  Chamber:  230  members  elected  for  three 
years  by  citizens  over  24.  Proportional  representa- 
tion. Financial  questions  in  dispute  settled  in  joint 
session. 


FOREIGN    COUNTRIES  197 

SWITZERLAND. — Second  Chamber:  44  members  elected 
by  cantons,  two  members  for  each  canton. 

National  Council:  167  members  elected  by  citi- 
zens over  21.  Joint-committee  confers  and  reports, 
but  consent  of  both  chambers  is  indispensable  for 
the  passing  of  a  measure. 

UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA. —  Upper  Chamber:  92  mem- 
bers elected  for  six  years  by  State  legislatures,  each 
State  electing  two  members ;  one-third  renewed  every 
two  years.  The  biennial  renewal  coincides  with  the 
meeting  of  a  newly-elected  House  of  Representatives. 
House  of  Representatives:  436  members  elected 
for  two  years;  electoral  qualification  very  compli- 
cated owing  to  the  different  systems  prevailing  in 
different  States.  Both  chambers  possess  equal 
legislative  powers;  differences  referred  to  a  joint 
Conference  Committee  to  report;  if  disagreement 
continues,  a  measure  becomes  extinct  at  end  of  the 
Congress. 

URUGUAY. — Second  Chamber :  19  members  chosen  for  six 
years  by  an  electoral  college  whose  members  are 
elected  by  the  people,  one-third  of  the  members  retire 
every  two  years. 

Chamber  of  Representatives :  75  members  elected 
for  three  years  by  male  adults  who  can  read  and 
write. 

VENEZUELA. — Second  Chamber:  40  members  elected  for 
four  years. 

Chamber  of  Deputies:  Each  State  by  direct 
election  chooses  for  four  years  one  deputy  for 
every  35,000  inhabitants,  and  one  more  for  an 
excess  of  15,000. 


APPENDIXHEH-.,_ 
1>\U 

THE  PARLIAMENT  ACT,  1911 

An  Act  to  make  provision  with  respect  to  the  powers  of 
the  House  of  Lords  in  relation  to  those  of  the  House 
of  Commons,  and  to  limit  the  duration  of  Parlia- 
ment. [ISth  August  1911.] 

WHEREAS  it  is  expedient  that  provision  should  be  made 
for  regulating  the  relations  between  the  two  Houses  of 
Parliament : 

And  whereas  it  is  intended  to  substitute  for  the  House 
of  Lords  as  it  at  present  exists  a  Second  Chamber  con- 
stituted on  a  popular  instead  of  hereditary  basis,  but 
such  substitution  cannot  be  immediately  brought  into 
operation : 

And  whereas  provision  will  require  hereafter  to  be 
made  by  Parliament  in  a  measure  effecting  such  substitu- 
tion for  limiting  and  denning  the  powers  of  the  new 
Second  Chamber,  but  it  is  expedient  to  make  such  pro- 
vision as  in  this  Act  appears  for  restricting  the  existing 
powers  of  the  House  of  Lords  : 

Be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  King's  most  Excellent 
Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this 

198 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT,    1911       199 

present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of 
the  same,  as  follows : — 

Powers  of  the  House  of  Lords  as  to  Money  Bills. — 
1. — (1)  If  a  Money  Bill,  having  been  passed  by  the 
House  of  Commons,  and  sent  up  to  the  House  of  Lords 
at  least  one  month  before  the  end  of  the  Session,  is  not 
passed  by  the  House  of  Lords  without  amendment  within 
one  month  after  it  is  so  sent  up  to  that  House,  the  Bill 
shall,  unless  the  House  of  Commons  direct  to  the  contrary, 
be  presented  to  His  Majesty  and  become  an  Act  of  Parlia- 
ment on  the  Royal  Assent  being  signified,  notwithstand- 
ing that  the  House  of  Lords  have  not  consented  to  the 
Bill. 

(2)  A  Money  Bill  means  a  Public  Bill  which  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Commons  contains 
only  provisions  dealing  with  all  or  any  of  the  following 
subjects,  namely,  the  imposition,  repeal,  remission,  altera- 
tion, or  regulation  of   taxation ;  the  imposition  for  the 
payment  of  debt  or  other  financial  purposes  of  charges  on 
the  Consolidated  Fund,  or  on  money  provided  by  Parlia- 
ment, or  the  variation  or  repeal  of   any  such  charges ; 
supply;    the    appropriation,   Keceipt,    custody,    issue    or 
audit  of  accounts  of  public  money ;  the  raising  or  guar- 
antee of  any  loan  or  the  repayment  thereof ;  or  subor- 
dinate  matters   incidental  to  those    subjects   or  any  of 
them.     In  this  subsection   the   expressions    "  taxation," 
"  public  money,"  and  "  loan  "  respectively  do  not  include 
any  taxation,  money,  or  loan  raised  by  local  authorities  or 
bodies  for  local  purposes. 

(3)  There  shall  be  endorsed  on  every  Money  Bill  when 
it  is  sent  up  to  the  House  of  Lords  and  when  it  is  pre- 
sented to  His  Majesty  for  assent  the  certificate  of  the 


200     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

Speaker  of  the  House  of  Commons  signed  by  him  that  it 
is  a  Money  Bill.  Before  giving  his  certificate,  the  Speaker 
shall  consult,  if  practicable,  two  members  to  be  appointed 
from  the  Chairmen's  Panel  at  the  beginning  of  each 
Session  by  the  Committee  of  Selection. 

Restriction  of  the  powers  of  the  House  of  Lords  as  to 
Bills  other  than  Money  Bills. — 2— (1)  If  any  Public  Bill 
(other  than  a  Money  Bill  or  a  Bill  containing  any  pro- 
vision to  extend  the  maximum  duration  of  Parliament 
beyond  five  years)  is  passed  by  the  House  of  Commons  in 
three  successive  sessions  (whether  of  the  same  Parliament 
or  not),  and,  having  been  sent  up  to  the  House  of  Lords 
at  least  one  month  before  the  end  of  the  session,  is  re- 
jected by  the  House  of  Lords  in  each  of  those  sessions, 
that  Bill  shall,  on  its  rejection  for  the  third  time  by  the 
House  of  Lords,  unless  the  House  of  Commons  direct 
to  the  contrary,  be  presented  to  His  Majesty  and  become 
an  Act  of  Parliament  on  the  Royal  Assent  being  signified 
thereto,  notwithstanding  that  the  House  of  Lords  have 
not  consented  to  the  Bill :  Provided  that  this  provision 
shall  not  take  effect  unless  two  years  have  elapsed  between 
the  date  of  the  second  reading  in  the  first  of  those 
sessions  of  the  Bill  in  the  House  of  Commons  and  the 
date  on  which  it  passes  the  House  of  Commons  in  the 
third  of  those  sessions. 

(2)  When  a  Bill  is  presented  to  His  Majesty  for  assent 
in  pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  this  section,  there  shall 
be  endorsed  on  the  Bill  the  certificate  of  the  Speaker  of 
the  House  of  Commons  signed  by  him  that  the  provisions 
of  this  section  have  been  duly  complied  with. 

(3)  A  Bill  shall  be  deemed  to  be  rejected  by  the  House 
of  Lords  if  it  is  not  passed  by  the  House  of  Lords  either 


THE    PARLIAMENT    ACT,    1911       201 

without  amendment  or  with  such  amendments  only  as 
may  be  agreed  to  by  both  Houses. 

(4)  A  Bill  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  same  Bill  as  a 
former  Bill  sent  up  to  the  House  of  Lords  in  the  preced- 
ing Session  if,  when  it  is  sent  up  to  the  House  of  Lords, 
it  is  identical  with  the  former  Bill  or  contains  only  such 
alterations  as  are  certified  by  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of 
Commons  to  be  necessary  owing  to  the  time  which  has 
elapsed  since  the  date  of  the  former  Bill,  or  to  represent 
any  amendments  which  have  been  made  by  the  House  of 
Lords  in  the  former  Bill  in  the  preceding  session,  and  any 
amendments  which  are  certified  by  the  Speaker  to  have 
been  made  by  the  House  of  Lords  in  the  third  session  and 
agreed  to  by  the  House  of  Commons  shall  be  inserted  in 
the  Bill  as  presented  for  Royal  Assent  in  pursuance  of 
this  section : 

Provided  that  the  House  of  Commons  may,  if  they 
think  fit,  on  the  passage  of  such  a  Bill  through  the  House 
in  the  second  or  third  session,  suggest  any  further  amend- 
ments without  inserting  the  amendments  in  the  Bill,  and  any 
such  suggested  amendments  shall  be  considered  by  the 
House  of  Lords,  and,-  if  agreed  to  by  that  House,  shall  be 
treated  as  amendments  made  by  the  House  of  Lords  and 
agreed  to  by  the  House  of  Commons ;  but  the  exercise  of 
this  power  by  the  House  of  Commons  shall  not  affect  the- 
operation  of  this  section  in  the  event  of  the  Bill  being 
rejected  by  the  House  of  Lords. 

Certificate  of  Speaker. — 3.  Any  certificate  of  the  Speaker 
of  the  House  of  Commons  given  under  this  Act  shall  be 
conclusive  for  all  purposes,  and  shall  not  be  questioned 
in  any  court  of  law. 

Enacting  Words. — 4.  (1)  In   every  Bill   presented   to 


202     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 

His  Majesty  under  the  preceding  provisions  of  this  Act, 
the  words  of  enactment  shall  be  as  follows,  that  is  to 
say : — 

"Be   it   enacted   by   the    King's   most   Excellent 

Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 

Commons  in  this  present  Parliament  assembled,  in 

accordance  with    the   provisions   of   the  Parliament 

Act,  1911,  and  by  authority  of  the  same,  as  follows." 

(2)  Any  alteration  of  a  Bill  necessary  to  give  effect  to 

this  section  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  an  amendment  of 

the  Bill. 

Provisional  Order  Bills  excluded. — 5.  In  this  Act  the 
•expression  "  Public  Bill "  does  not  include  any  Bill  for 
confirming  a  Provisional  Order. 

Saving  for  existing  Rights  and  Privileges  of  the  House 
vf  Commons. — 6.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  diminish  or 
qualify  the  existing  rights  and  privileges  of  the  House  of 
Commons. 

Duration  of  Parliament,  1  Geo.  1,  Stat.  2,  c.  38.— 7. 
Five  years  shall  be  substituted  for  seven  years  as  the  time 
fixed  for  the  maximum  duration  of  Parliament  under  the 
Septennial  Act,  1715. 

Short  Title.— %.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  the  Parlia- 
ment Act,  1911. 


INDEX 


ABGEORDUCTENHAUS,     Austria, 
185 

—  Bavana,  188 

—  Prussia,  188 
Abyssinia,  State  Council,  184 
Accession  oath,  the,  157 
Administrations,  the  effect  of  their 

fall,  124 

Alberta,  Single  Chamber,  182 
Alsace-Lorraine,  Lower  Chamber, 

192 

—  Second  Chamber,  192 
America,  United  States  of,  Con- 
gress, 41,  122,  197 

—  Constitution,  3,  5,  122,  151 

—  House  of  Representatives,  197 

—  Referendum  in,  176 

—  Senate,  41,  89,  197 
American  Constitution,  the,  151 
Anhalt,  Diet,  190 

Anne,  Queen,  creates  the  twelve 

peers,  73 

Anson,  Sir  William,  156 
Argentine    Republic,    House    of 

Deputies,  184 

—  Second  Chamber,  184 
Athenians  and  Mytilene,  the,  107 
Australia,  Commonwealth  of,  60 

—  House  of  Representatives,  180 

—  Money  Bills,  79 

—  Parliament  of,  60 

—  Senate,  the,  57,  60,  79,  180 
Australian        Constitution,       its 

stability,  151 

Austria,  Second  Chamber,  28,  91, 
184,  185 

BADEN,  Lower  Chamber,  189 


Baden,  Second  Chamber,  78,  189 
Bavaria,    Kammer   der    Abgeor- 
ducten,   or    Second  Chamber, 
1 88 

Belgium,  Chamber  of  Represen- 
tatives, 185 

—  Constitution,  150 

—  Second  Chamber,  85,  185 

—  Senate,  40 

Bi-cameral  and  uni-cameral,  7 
Bishops,  exclusion  of  the,  10 
Bolivia,    Chamber  of    Deputies, 

185 

—  Second  Chamber,  185 
Brazil,  Chamber  of  Deputies,  185 

—  Second  Chamber,  185 
Bremen,  Convent,  191 

—  Second  Chamber,  191 
Brunswick,  Chamber,  190 
Bryce,     James,     on      bi-cameral 

government,  103 
Bule,  Crete,  186 

—  Greece,  192 

Bulgaria,  Grand  Sobranje,  186 

—  National  Assembly,  185 
Bundesrath,  the  German,  44,  188 
Biirgerschaft,  Lubeck,  192 
Burgesses,  House  of,  Hamburg, 

191 

CABINETS  and  Parliaments,  124 
Campbell-Bannerman,  Sir  Henry, 

132 
Canada,  Constitution  of,  51 

—  House  of  Commons,  182 

—  Senate,  90,  182 

Cape  Colony,  Second  Chamber, 
65 


204     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 


Charley,  Sir  William,  97 
Chile,  Chamber  of  Deputies,  186 
Chile,  Second  Chamber,  186 
Church  oaths,  the,  157,  158 

—  the,    not    tolerated    by    the 
Puritans,  12 

Civil  War,  the,  8 
Colombia,    House    of    Represen- 
tatives, 186 

—  Second  Chamber,  186 
Colonial  Constitutions,  48 
Commons,  House  of,  purged  by 

Colonel  Pride,  14 

—  Resolutions  claiming  supreme 
power,  15 

Commonwealth  of  Australia,  the, 
60 

—  Constitution,  151 

—  House    of    Representatives, 
180 

—  Money  Bills,  79 

—  Parliament,  60 

—  Senate,  57,  60,  79,  180 
Communes,     Chamber    of    the, 

Haiti,  192 

Compulsory  Referendum ,  the,  173 
Congress,     the    American,     122, 

197 

—  and  Ministries,  123 

—  and  Parliament,  124 
Conservators  of  liberty,  22 
Constitution,  the  word  denned,  I 

—  the  American,  3,  5 

—  the  British,  4 

—  suggestions  for  reform,  22 
Constitutional  experiments,  96 

—  laws,  precision  of,  155 

—  safeguards,  144 
Constitutions,  altering,  148 
Convent,  Bremen,  191 
Convention,  the,  33 
Cortes,  Spanish,  196 

—  Mexican,  194 

Costa  Rica,  Chamber  of  Repre- 
sentatives, 186 
Council  of  Ancients,  the,  34 
Council  of  States,  the  Swiss,  197 
Crete,  Bule,  186 
Cromwell,  Oliver,  17 

—  his  Parliaments,  18 


Cromwell,     Oliver,     on    Single- 
Chamber  Government,  17,  20 

—  his  House  of  Lords,  20 

—  dissolves    the    Long    Parlia- 
ment, 21 

Cromwell,  Richard,  21 
Cuba,  House  of  Representatives, 
1 86 

—  Second  Chamber,  186 

DEADLOCKS,  means  of  avoiding, 

71 

Democracy,  despotic,  17,  161 
Denmark,  Folketing,  187 

—  Second  Chamber,  84,  187 

—  Senate,  40 
Diet,  Anhalt,  190 

—  Lippe,  191 

Differences  between  Chambers,  71 

—  settled  by  electorate,  78 
Diodotus  the  orator,  108 
Directory,  the,  34 
Dominion  of  Canada,  52 

—  Constitution,  51 

—  House  of  Commons,  182 

—  Senate,  90,  182 
Dominion  of  New  Zealand,  the, 

64 

—  House    of    Representatives, 
183 

—  Second    Chamber,     64,    76, 
183 

Double-Chamber  system,  the,  92 

ECUADOR,  Chamber  of  Deputies, 
187 

—  Second  Chamber,  187 
Education  Bill  of  1906,  113 
Election,    General,     of    January 

1910,  the,  114,  133 

—  of  December  1910,  135 

—  the  principle  of,  32 
Elections  in  England,  166 

—  single  measure,  166 
Elsass-Lothringen,  Lower  Cham- 
ber, 192 

—  Upper  Chamber,  192 
Empire  of  Napoleon,  the,  35 

FEDERAL  Assembly,  Swiss,  197 


INDEX 


205 


Federal  Constitution  of  the  United 
States,  the,  41 

—  Council  of  Germany,  the,  44 

—  States  and  stable  Constitu- 
tions, 151 

Federation,  the  principle  of,  41 
Folketing,  Danish,  187 
Foreign  Legislatures,  184 
France,   Chamber    of   Deputies, 
187 

—  Senate,  32,  37,  87,  187 
Free  speech,  146 

French  Constitution,  the,  148 
French      constitutional      experi- 
ments, 96 

GERMAN  Empire,  Reichstag,  188 

Second  Chamber,  28,91,188 

Gladstone  on  the  necessity  of  a 

Second  Chamber,  101 
Glove  trade,  the,  and  the  Insur- 
ance Bill,  119 
Government,  forms  of,  2 
Greece,  Bule,  192 

—  Council  of  State,  192 

Grey,  Lord,  on  Colonial  Consti- 
tutions, 49 

Guatemala  National  Assembly, 
192 

—  Second  Chamber,  192 

HAITI,  Chamber  of  the  Com- 
munes, 192 

—  Second  Chamber,  192 
Hamburg,  House   of  Burgesses, 

191 

—  Second  Chamber,  191 
Hamilton,    Alexander,     on     the 

American  Constitution,  44 

—  on  the  power  of  the  many,  98 
Hare,  Thomas,  and  proportional 

representation,  171 
Heredity,  the  principle  of,  27 
Herschell,  Lord,  on  the  House  of 

Lords,  102 

Hesse  Darmstadt,  Lower  Cham- 
ber, 190 

—  Second  Chamber,  189 
Holland,  Lower  Chamber,  194 

—  Senate  of,  40,  84,  194 


Home  Rule,  116,  130,  132,  133, 

134.  167 
Honduras,  Chamber  of  Deputies, 

192 
House  of  Lords  in  the  Civil  War 

and  in  1832,  9 
Hungary,  Magnates,  27,  75,  193 

—  House    of    Representatives, 
193 

INSTRUMENT  of  Government,  the, 

18 

Insurance  Act,  the,  119,  127 
Irish  Church  disestablished,  158 
Irish   Party,  the,    125,   129,  132, 

133 
Italy,  Chamber  of  Deputies,  193 

—  Senate,  29,  75,  193 

JAPAN,  House  of  Representatives, 

193 

—  Second  Chamber,  28,  193 
Joint     sittings,      settlement      of 

differences  by,  77 

LAGTING,  Norwegian,  194 
Landtag  of  Oldenburg,  190 
Laud,  death  of  Archbishop,  10 
Legislation,   unrevised,    dangers 

of,  145 
Legislatures,  colonial,  180 

—  foreign,  184 

Liberia,  House  of  Representatives, 

X93 

—  Second  Chamber,  193 
Licensing  Bill  of  1907,  the,  113 
Lieber,  Professor,  on  bi-cameral 

government,  99 
Liechtenstein,  Chamber,  193 
Life  peerages,  156 
Lippe,  Diet,  191 
Local  Veto,  130 
Long  Parliament,  the,  12 

—  dissolved,  21 

Lords'  Amendments  to  Parliament 

Act,  138 
Lords,  House  of,  origin  of,  25 

—  and  the  rejection  of  Bills,  70 
Liibeck,  Burgerschaft,  192 

—  Second  Chamber,  192 


206     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 


Luxemburg,    Chamber    of     De- 
puties, 194 

MAGNATES,  the  Table  of,  27,  193 
Maine,  Sir  Henry,  on  the  House 

of  Lords,  154 

Mandate,  the  theory  of  the,  170 
Manitoba,  Chamber,  182 
Matters  for  the  Referendum,  174 
Measures  and  Programmes,  170 
Mexico,  Cortes,  194 

—  House    of    Representatives, 
194 

—  Second  Chamber,  194 

Mill,    John     Stuart,     condemns 
Single  Chambers,  100 

—  and  proportional  representa- 
tion, 171 

Ministers  and  Congress,  123 
Ministry  and  Parliament,  124 
Mirabeau  on  Single  Chambers,  32 
Monaco,  National  Council,  194 
Monck,  General,  and  the  Restora- 
tion, 22 

Money  Bills,  68,  75,  76,  77,  81,  82, 
83,  84,  85,  86,  87,  89,  90,  91,  136 
Montenegro,  Chamber,  194 
Mytilene,  the  story  of,  107 

NATIONAL  Assembly,  the,  32 

—  Insurance  Act,  the,  119,  127 
Nayler,  James,  the  case  of,  18 
Netherlands,     Lower    Chamber, 

—  Second  Chamber,  40,  84,  194 
New  Brunswick,  Chamber,  182 
Newcastle  Programme,  the,  131 
Newfoundland,    House    of    As- 
sembly, 183 

—  Legislative  Council,  183 
New  South  Wales,  Constitutions 

of,  58 

—  Legislative  Assembly,  180 

—  Senate,  58,  76,  180 

New  York  State,  its  Constitution, 

IS2 

—  Method  of  Amendment,  153 
New  Zealand,  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives, 183 

—  Second  Chamber,  64,  76,  183 


Nicaragua,  Chamber,  194 
Nominated  Second  Chambers,  29 
Nomination  by  Executive  Govern- 
ment, 29 
Norway,  Lower  Chamber,  194 

—  Second  Chamber,  40,  84,  194 
Nova     Scotia,     Legislative     As- 
sembly, 182 

—  Legislative  Council,  182 

ODELSTING  of  Norway,  194 
Oldenburg,  Landtag  of,  190 
One  Man  One  Vote,  130 
Ontario,    Legislative    Assembly, 

182 

Optional  Referendum,  the,  173 
Orange    River    Colony,    Second 

Chamber,  65,  83 
Oregon,  Referendum  in,  176 
Other  House,  the,  20 

PALMERSTON,    Lord,   and    Life 

Peerages,  155 
Panama,  Chamber  of  Deputies, 

J95 
Paraguay,  Chamber  of  Deputies, 

195 

—  Second  Chamber,  195 
Parke,  Sir  James,  and  Life  Peer- 
ages, 158 

Parliament  Act  of  1911,  the,  70, 
126,  136 

—  and  bad  Bills,  127 

—  Preamble,  the,  135 

—  and  Single  Chamber,  128 

—  Text,  198 
Parliament  and  Congress,  124 

—  and  Ministry,  124 

—  of  1910,  the,  115 

—  powers  of,  68 
Parliamentary  groups,  125 
Parties  in  Parliament,  125 
Party  groups,  125,  130 
Party  politics,  112,  125,  130 
Peerages,  Life,  158 

Peers  in  1832,  9 

—  in  the  Civil  War,  9 

—  Petition  for  abolition  of,  13 

—  Resolutions  regarding  aboli- 
tion of,  15 


INDEX 


207 


Peers,  the  Cromwellian,  20 
Peru,  House  of  Representatives, 

—  Second  Chamber,  195 
Ploughing  the  sands,  131 
Portugal,  National  Council,  195 

—  Second  Chamber,  195 
Preamble  of  the  Parliament  Act, 

the,  135 

Presidential  System,  the,  122 
Pride,  Colonel  John,  purges  the 

House  of  Commons,  14 
Prince    Edward     Island,    Legis- 
lative Assembly,  182 
Programmes  and  measures,  170 
Proportional  representation,  171 
Prussia,    Abgeorductenhaus,     or 
Second   Chamber    of,    28,    76, 
188 
Puritans  and  the  Church,  12 

QUEBEC,    Legislative  Assembly, 
182 

—  Second  Chamber,  182 
Queensland,    Legislative   Assem- 
bly, 181 

—  Referendum  in,  178 

—  Second     Chamber,    59,    85, 
181 

REFERENDUM,  the,  162 

—  in  Switzerland,  173 

—  in  America,  176 

—  in  Australia,  178 

Religion  during  the  Civil   War, 

12 

Representatives    in     Parliament, 

character  of,  in 

Representation,  proportional,  171 
Republic  of  France,  the  First,  32 

—  the  Second,  36 

—  the  Third,  37 
Restoration,  the,  and  the  Army, 

23 

Right  to  work,  the,  36 

Rosebery,  Lord,    on   the    neces- 
sities of  a  Second  Chamber,  103 

—  on  ploughing  the  sands,  131 
Roumania,  Chamber  of  Deputies, 

195 


Roumania,  Second  Chamber,  195 
Russia,  Duma,  195 

—  Second     Chamber     of,     40, 
195 

SAFEGUARDS,  constitutional,  144 
Salvador,  Congress  of  Deputies, 

196 
Santo     Domingo,     Chamber     of 

Deputies,  196 

—  Second  Chamber,  196 
Saskatchewan,   Single   Chamber, 

183 

Saxe-Altenburg,  Chamber,  190 
Saxe-Coburg  and  Gotha,  Cham- 
ber, 190 

Saxe-Meiningen,  Chamber,  191 
Saxony,     Kingdom     of,     Lower 
Chamber,  189 

—  Second  Chamber,  188 
Saxony,  Duchy  of,  Single  Cham- 
ber, 190 

Schaumberg-Lippe,  Chamber,  191 
Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt,    Cham- 
ber, 191 

—  Sondershausen,        Chamber, 
191 

Scottish  Established  Church,  the, 

157 

Second  Chambers,  Foreign,  25 
Senate,  American,  89,  197 

—  Australian,  60,  180 

—  Belgian,  40 

—  Canadian,  53,  i8a 

—  Danish,  40 

—  Dutch,  40,  84,  194 

—  French,  37,  87,  187 

—  Italian,  29,  79,  193 
Servia,  Chamber,  196 

Siam,  Legislative  Council,  169 
Simplicity  of  the  Referendum,  164 
Single  Chamber  Government  dur- 
ing the  Civil  War,  16 

—  Cromwell  on,  17 

Single  Chamber  System,  failures 


of  the,  95 
—    —    da 


dangers  of  the,  107 
Skuptschina,  Servia,  196 
Smith,  Goldwin,  on  the  Canadian 
Senate,  56 


208     THE    STATE    AND    THE    CITIZEN 


Sobranje,  Bulgarian,  186 
South    Australia,    House   of   As- 
sembly, 181 

—  Referendum  in,  178 

—  Second  Chamber,  59,  82,  181 
South    Africa,    Constitutions    of, 

65 

—  House  of  Assembly,  183 

—  Second  Chamber,  77,  183 
Sovereign's  oath,  the,  157,  158 
Spain,  Chamber  of  Deputies,  196 

—  Second  Chamber,  28,  40,  85, 
196 

Stability  of  Constitutions,  148 
State   Constitutions  in  America, 
152 

—  workshops,  36 
Storthing,  Norwegian,  194 
Strafford,  death  of,  10 
Stuarts,  the,  9 

Swamping  the  Second  Chamber, 

7i 
Sweden,  Lower  Chamber,  196 

—  Second    Chamber,    40,    83, 
196 

Switzerland,    National    Council, 
197 

—  Referendum  in,  173 

—  Second  Chamber,  197 

TASMANIA,  House  of  Assembly, 
181 

—  Second  Chamber,  59,  181 
Taxation,  control  over,  141 
Thiers,  and  the  bi-cameral  sys- 
tem, 97 

—  on      constitutional      govern- 
ment, 34 

Transvaal,  Second  Chamber,  65, 
83 


Treaties  and  the  French  Senate, 

88 
Tudors,  the,  9 

UNI-CAMERAL  and  bi-cameral,  7 
Union  of  South  Africa,  the,  Con- 
stitution of,  65 

United  States,  Congress,  41,  122, 
197 

—  Constitution,  the,  3, 5, 122, 151 

—  House  of  Representatives,  197 

—  Referendum  in,  176 

—  Senate  of,  41,  197 

—  Senate  and  Money  Bills,  89 
Upper  House,  Cromwell's,  20 
Uruguay,    Chamber    of    Repre- 
sentatives, 197 

—  Second  Chamber,  197 

VENEZUELA,  Chamber  of  Depu- 
ties, 197 

—  Second  Chamber,  197 
Victoria,    Legislative    Assembly, 

181 
Victoria,    Second    Chamber,   59, 

80,  180 
Voting  by  Referendum,  167 

WELSH    Disestablishment,    130, 
132 

—  group, the,  126 

Western    Australia,     Legislative 
Assembly,  182 

—  Second  Chamber,  59,  181 
Will  of  the  People,  the,  142 
Wiirtemburg,    Lower    Chamber, 

189 

—  Second  Chamber,  78,  189 

YUKON,  Council,  183 


Printed  by  BALLANTYNH,  HANSON  &•*  Co. 
at  Paul's  Work,  Edinburgh 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 
or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 
2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(415)642-6233 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days 

prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

LIBRARY  USE    ^26'86